SemaDecl.cpp revision 6666ed4ed2e2bc13da5ac5d0a4947019137d45be
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 38#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 39// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 40#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 41#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 42#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 45#include <algorithm> 46#include <cstring> 47#include <functional> 48using namespace clang; 49using namespace sema; 50 51Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 52 if (OwnedType) { 53 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 54 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 55 } 56 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 58} 59 60namespace { 61 62class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 63 public: 64 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 65 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 66 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 67 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 68 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 69 } 70 71 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 72 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 73 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 74 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 75 else 76 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 77 } 78 79 private: 80 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 81 bool WantClassName; 82}; 83 84} 85 86/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 87bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 88 switch (Kind) { 89 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 90 // token kind is a valid type specifier 91 case tok::kw_short: 92 case tok::kw_long: 93 case tok::kw___int64: 94 case tok::kw___int128: 95 case tok::kw_signed: 96 case tok::kw_unsigned: 97 case tok::kw_void: 98 case tok::kw_char: 99 case tok::kw_int: 100 case tok::kw_half: 101 case tok::kw_float: 102 case tok::kw_double: 103 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 104 case tok::kw_bool: 105 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 106 return true; 107 108 case tok::annot_typename: 109 case tok::kw_char16_t: 110 case tok::kw_char32_t: 111 case tok::kw_typeof: 112 case tok::kw_decltype: 113 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 114 115 default: 116 break; 117 } 118 119 return false; 120} 121 122/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 123/// return the declaration of that type. 124/// 125/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 126/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 127/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 128/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 129/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 130/// 131/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 132/// and then return NULL. 133ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 134 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 135 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 136 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 137 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 138 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 139 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 140 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 141 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 142 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 143 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 144 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 145 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 146 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 147 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 148 149 if (!LookupCtx) { 150 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 151 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 152 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 153 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 154 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 155 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 156 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 157 // 158 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 159 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 160 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 161 return ParsedType(); 162 163 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 164 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 165 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 166 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 167 168 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 169 QualType T = 170 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 171 II, NameLoc); 172 173 return ParsedType::make(T); 174 } 175 176 return ParsedType(); 177 } 178 179 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 180 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 181 return ParsedType(); 182 } 183 184 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 185 // lookup for class-names. 186 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 187 LookupOrdinaryName; 188 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 189 if (LookupCtx) { 190 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 191 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 192 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 193 // nested-name-specifier. 194 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 195 196 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 197 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 198 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 199 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 200 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 201 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 202 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 203 LookupName(Result, S); 204 } 205 } else { 206 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 207 LookupName(Result, S); 208 } 209 210 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 211 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 212 case LookupResult::NotFound: 213 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 214 if (CorrectedII) { 215 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 216 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 217 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 218 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 219 TemplateTy Template; 220 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 221 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 222 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 223 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 224 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 225 if (SS && NNS) { 226 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 227 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 228 } 229 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 230 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 231 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 232 // is handled elsewhere). 233 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 234 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 235 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 236 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 237 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 238 IsCtorOrDtorName, 239 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 240 if (Ty) { 241 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 242 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 243 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 244 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 245 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 246 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 247 CorrectedStr); 248 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 249 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 250 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 251 252 if (SS && NNS) 253 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 254 *CorrectedII = NewII; 255 return Ty; 256 } 257 } 258 } 259 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 260 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 261 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 262 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 263 return ParsedType(); 264 265 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 266 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 267 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 268 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 269 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 270 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 271 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 272 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 273 return ParsedType(); 274 } 275 276 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 277 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 278 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 279 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 280 if (!IIDecl || 281 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 282 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 283 IIDecl = *Res; 284 } 285 } 286 287 if (!IIDecl) { 288 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 289 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 290 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 291 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 292 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 293 // a type name. 294 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 295 return ParsedType(); 296 } 297 298 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 299 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 300 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 301 // perform the name lookup again. 302 break; 303 304 case LookupResult::Found: 305 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 306 break; 307 } 308 309 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 310 311 QualType T; 312 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 313 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 314 315 if (T.isNull()) 316 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 317 318 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 319 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 320 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 321 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 322 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 323 // Construct a type with type-source information. 324 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 325 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 326 327 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 328 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 329 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 330 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 331 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 332 } else { 333 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 334 } 335 } 336 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 337 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 338 if (!HasTrailingDot) 339 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 340 } 341 342 if (T.isNull()) { 343 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 344 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 345 return ParsedType(); 346 } 347 return ParsedType::make(T); 348} 349 350/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 351/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 352/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 353/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 354/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 355DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 356 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 357 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 358 LookupName(R, S, false); 359 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 360 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 361 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 362 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 363 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 364 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 365 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 366 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 367 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 368 } 369 } 370 371 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 372} 373 374/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 375/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 376/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 377/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 378/// @code 379/// template<class T> class A { 380/// public: 381/// typedef int TYPE; 382/// }; 383/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 384/// public: 385/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 386/// }; 387/// @endcode 388bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 389 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 390 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 391 392 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 393 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 394 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 395 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 396 return true; 397 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 398 } 399 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 400} 401 402bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 403 SourceLocation IILoc, 404 Scope *S, 405 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 406 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 407 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 408 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 409 410 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 411 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 412 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 413 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 414 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 415 Validator)) { 416 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 417 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 418 419 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 420 // We corrected to a keyword. 421 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 422 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 423 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 424 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 425 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 426 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 427 II = NewII; 428 } else { 429 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 430 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 431 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 432 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 433 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 434 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 435 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 436 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 437 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 438 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498} 499 500/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501/// or 502static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515} 516 517static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 558 if (SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS)) { 559 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); 560 I != IEnd; ++I) 561 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 562 << Name << TagName; 563 } 564 return true; 565 } 566 567 Result.clear(Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 568 return false; 569} 570 571/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584} 585 586Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 692 693 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 694 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 695 696 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 697 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 698 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 699 700 // Also update the LookupResult... 701 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 702 Result.clear(); 703 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 704 if (FirstDecl) { 705 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 706 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 707 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 708 } 709 710 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 711 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 712 // reference the ivar. 713 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 714 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 715 Result.clear(); 716 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 717 return E; 718 } 719 720 goto Corrected; 721 } 722 } 723 724 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 725 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 726 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 727 728 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 729 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 730 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 731 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 732 733 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 734 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 735 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 736 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 737 // qualified by the keyword typename. 738 // 739 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 740 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 741 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 742 // keyword here. 743 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 744 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 745 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 746 } 747 748 case LookupResult::Found: 749 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 750 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 751 break; 752 753 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 754 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 755 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 756 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 757 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 758 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 759 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 760 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 761 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 762 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 763 // ambiguous. 764 // 765 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 766 // so try again after filtering out template names. 767 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 768 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 769 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 770 break; 771 } 772 } 773 774 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 775 return NameClassification::Error(); 776 } 777 778 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 779 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 780 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 781 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 782 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 783 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 784 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 785 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 786 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 787 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 788 789 if (!Result.empty()) { 790 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 791 TemplateName Template; 792 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 793 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 794 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 795 Result.end()); 796 } else { 797 TemplateDecl *TD 798 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 799 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 800 801 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 802 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 803 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 804 TD); 805 else 806 Template = TemplateName(TD); 807 } 808 809 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 810 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 811 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 812 // to based on which function we selected. 813 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 814 815 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 816 } 817 818 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 819 } 820 } 821 822 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 823 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 824 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 825 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 826 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 827 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 828 return ParsedType::make(T); 829 } 830 831 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 832 if (!Class) { 833 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 834 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 835 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 836 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 837 } 838 839 if (Class) { 840 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 841 842 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 843 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 844 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 845 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 846 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 847 } 848 849 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 850 return ParsedType::make(T); 851 } 852 853 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 854 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 855 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 856 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 857 858 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 859 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 860 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 861 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 862 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 863 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 864 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 865 FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 866 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 867 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 868 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 869 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 870 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 871 return ParsedType::make(T); 872 } 873 } 874 } 875 876 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 877 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 878 879 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 880 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 881} 882 883// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 884// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 885// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 886DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 887 888 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 889 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 890 // the context we'll need to return to. 891 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 892 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 893 894 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 895 // lexical context. 896 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 897 return DC; 898 899 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 900 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 901 // class is the context we need to return to. 902 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 903 DC = RD; 904 905 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 906 // declared in. 907 return DC; 908 } 909 910 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 911} 912 913void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 914 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 915 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 916 CurContext = DC; 917 S->setEntity(DC); 918} 919 920void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 921 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 922 923 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 924 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 925} 926 927/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 928/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 929/// 930void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 931 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 932 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 933 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 934 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 935 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 936 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 937 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 938 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 939 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 940 // namespace. 941 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 942 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 943 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 944 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 945 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 946 947 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 948 949#ifndef NDEBUG 950 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 951 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 952 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 953#endif 954 955 CurContext = DC; 956 S->setEntity(DC); 957} 958 959void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 960 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 961 962 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 963 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 964 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 965 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 966 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 967 968 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 969 // disappear. 970} 971 972 973void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 974 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 975 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 976 // We assume that the caller has already called 977 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 978 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 979 } 980 if (!FD) 981 return; 982 983 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 984 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 985 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 986 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 987 CurContext = FD; 988 S->setEntity(CurContext); 989 990 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 991 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 992 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 993 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 994 S->AddDecl(Param); 995 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 996 } 997 } 998} 999 1000 1001void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1002 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1003 // rather than the top-level class. 1004 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1005 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1006 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1007} 1008 1009 1010/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1011/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1012/// 1013/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1014/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1015/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1016/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1017/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1018/// attribute. 1019static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1020 ASTContext &Context) { 1021 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1022 return true; 1023 1024 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1025 return true; 1026 1027 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1028 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1029} 1030 1031/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1032void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1033 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1034 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1035 // scope. 1036 while (S->getEntity() && 1037 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1038 S = S->getParent(); 1039 1040 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1041 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1042 // into any context. 1043 if (AddToContext) 1044 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1045 1046 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1047 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1048 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1049 D->isOutOfLine() && 1050 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1051 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1052 return; 1053 1054 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1055 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1056 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1057 return; 1058 1059 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1060 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1061 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1062 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1063 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1064 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1066 1067 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1068 break; 1069 } 1070 } 1071 1072 S->AddDecl(D); 1073 1074 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1075 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1076 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1077 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1078 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1079 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1080 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1081 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1082 continue; 1083 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1084 break; 1085 } 1086 1087 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1088 } else { 1089 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1090 } 1091} 1092 1093void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1094 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1095 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1096} 1097 1098bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1099 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1100 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 1101 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1102} 1103 1104Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1105 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1106 do { 1107 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1108 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1109 return S; 1110 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1111 1112 return 0; 1113} 1114 1115static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1116 DeclContext*, 1117 ASTContext&); 1118 1119/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1120/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1121void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1122 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1123 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1124 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1125 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1126 while (F.hasNext()) { 1127 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1128 1129 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1130 continue; 1131 1132 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1133 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1134 continue; 1135 1136 F.erase(); 1137 } 1138 1139 F.done(); 1140} 1141 1142static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1143 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1145 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1146} 1147 1148/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1149static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1150 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1151 while (F.hasNext()) 1152 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1153 F.erase(); 1154 1155 F.done(); 1156} 1157 1158/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1159/// @code 1160/// class S { 1161/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1163/// }; 1164/// @endcode 1165static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1166 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1167 // the decl here. 1168 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1169 return false; 1170 1171 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1172 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1173 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1174 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1175 return false; 1176} 1177 1178bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1179 assert(D); 1180 1181 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1182 return false; 1183 1184 // Ignore class templates. 1185 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1186 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1187 return false; 1188 1189 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1190 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1191 return false; 1192 1193 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1194 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1195 return false; 1196 } else { 1197 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1198 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1199 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1200 return false; 1201 } 1202 1203 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1204 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1205 return false; 1206 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1207 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1208 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 1209 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1210 return false; 1211 1212 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1213 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1214 return false; 1215 1216 } else { 1217 return false; 1218 } 1219 1220 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1221 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1222 return false; 1223 1224 return true; 1225} 1226 1227void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1228 if (!D) 1229 return; 1230 1231 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1232 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1233 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1234 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1235 } 1236 1237 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1238 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1239 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1240 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1241 } 1242 1243 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1244 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1245} 1246 1247static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1248 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1249 return false; 1250 1251 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1252 return false; 1253 1254 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1255 return true; 1256 1257 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1258 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1259 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1260 return false; 1261 1262 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1263 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1264 1265 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1266 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1267 1268 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1269 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1270 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1271 return false; 1272 } 1273 1274 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1275 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1276 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1277 return false; 1278 1279 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1280 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1281 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1282 return false; 1283 1284 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1285 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1286 return false; 1287 1288 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1289 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1290 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1291 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1292 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1293 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1294 return false; 1295 } 1296 } 1297 } 1298 } 1299 1300 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1301 } 1302 1303 return true; 1304} 1305 1306static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1307 FixItHint &Hint) { 1308 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1309 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1310 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1311 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1312 return; 1313 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1314 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1315 } 1316 return; 1317} 1318 1319/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1320/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1321void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1322 FixItHint Hint; 1323 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1324 return; 1325 1326 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1327 1328 unsigned DiagID; 1329 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1330 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1331 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1332 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1333 else 1334 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1335 1336 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1337} 1338 1339static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1340 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1341 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1342 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1343 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1344 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1345} 1346 1347void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1348 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1349 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1350 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1351 1352 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1353 I != E; ++I) { 1354 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1355 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1356 1357 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1358 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1359 1360 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1361 1362 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1363 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1364 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1365 1366 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1367 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1368 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1369 1370 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1371 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1372 } 1373} 1374 1375void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1376 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1377} 1378 1379void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1380 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1381 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1382} 1383 1384/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1385/// 1386/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1387/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1388/// to the fixed name. 1389/// 1390/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1391/// 1392/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1393/// if there is no class with the given name. 1394/// 1395/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1396/// class could not be found. 1397ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1398 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1399 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1400 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1401 // creation from this context. 1402 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1403 1404 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1405 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1406 // find an Objective-C class name. 1407 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1408 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1409 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1410 Validator)) { 1411 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1412 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1413 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1414 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1415 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1416 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1417 1418 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1419 } 1420 } 1421 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1422 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1423 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1424 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1425 return Def; 1426} 1427 1428/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1429/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1430/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1431/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1432/// ill-formed in C++: 1433/// @code 1434/// struct S6 { 1435/// enum { BAR } e; 1436/// }; 1437/// 1438/// void test_S6() { 1439/// struct S6 a; 1440/// a.e = BAR; 1441/// } 1442/// @endcode 1443/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1444/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1445/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1446/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1447/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1448/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1449/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1450/// contain non-field names. 1451Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1452 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1453 (S->getEntity() && 1454 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1455 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1456 S = S->getParent(); 1457 return S; 1458} 1459 1460/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1461/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1462/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1463/// built-in. 1464NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1465 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1466 SourceLocation Loc) { 1467 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1468 1469 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1470 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1471 switch (Error) { 1472 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1473 // Okay 1474 break; 1475 1476 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1477 if (ForRedeclaration) 1478 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1479 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1480 return 0; 1481 1482 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1483 if (ForRedeclaration) 1484 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1485 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1486 return 0; 1487 1488 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1489 if (ForRedeclaration) 1490 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1491 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1492 return 0; 1493 } 1494 1495 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1496 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1497 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1498 << R; 1499 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1500 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1501 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1502 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1503 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1504 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1505 } 1506 1507 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1508 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1509 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1510 SC_Extern, 1511 SC_None, false, 1512 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1513 New->setImplicit(); 1514 1515 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1516 // FunctionDecl. 1517 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1518 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1519 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1520 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1521 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1522 SourceLocation(), 0, 1523 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1524 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1525 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1526 Params.push_back(parm); 1527 } 1528 New->setParams(Params); 1529 } 1530 1531 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1532 1533 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1534 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1535 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1536 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1537 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1538 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1539 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1540 CurContext = SavedContext; 1541 return New; 1542} 1543 1544bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1545 QualType OldType; 1546 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1547 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1548 else 1549 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1550 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1551 1552 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1553 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1554 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1555 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1556 << Kind << NewType; 1557 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1558 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1559 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1560 return true; 1561 } 1562 1563 if (OldType != NewType && 1564 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1565 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1566 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1567 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1568 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1569 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1570 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1571 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1572 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1573 return true; 1574 } 1575 return false; 1576} 1577 1578/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1579/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1580/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1581/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1582/// 1583void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1584 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1585 // merging checks. 1586 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1587 1588 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1589 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1590 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1591 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1592 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1593 default: break; 1594 case 2: 1595 { 1596 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1597 break; 1598 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1599 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1600 break; 1601 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1602 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1603 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1604 break; 1605 } 1606 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1607 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1608 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1609 return; 1610 } 1611 case 5: 1612 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1613 break; 1614 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1615 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1616 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1617 return; 1618 case 3: 1619 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1620 break; 1621 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1622 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1623 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1624 return; 1625 } 1626 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1627 } 1628 1629 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1630 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1631 if (!Old) { 1632 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1633 << New->getDeclName(); 1634 1635 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1636 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1637 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1638 1639 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1640 } 1641 1642 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1643 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1644 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1645 1646 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1647 // with any extensions enabled. 1648 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1649 return; 1650 1651 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1652 // declaration was a typedef. 1653 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1654 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1655 1656 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1657 return; 1658 1659 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1660 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1661 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1662 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1663 // to the type to which it already refers. 1664 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1665 return; 1666 1667 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1668 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1669 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1670 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1671 // 1672 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1673 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1674 // 1675 // struct S { 1676 // typedef struct A { } A; 1677 // }; 1678 // 1679 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1680 // allow the above but disallow 1681 // 1682 // struct S { 1683 // typedef int I; 1684 // typedef int I; 1685 // }; 1686 // 1687 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1688 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1689 return; 1690 1691 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1692 << New->getDeclName(); 1693 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1694 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1695 } 1696 1697 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1698 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1699 return; 1700 1701 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1702 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1703 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1704 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1705 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1706 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1707 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1708 return; 1709 1710 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1711 << New->getDeclName(); 1712 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1713 return; 1714} 1715 1716/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1717/// attribute. 1718static bool 1719DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1720 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1721 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1722 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1723 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1724 if (AA) 1725 return false; 1726 1727 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1728 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1729 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1730 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1731 if (Ann) { 1732 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1733 return true; 1734 continue; 1735 } 1736 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1737 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1738 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1739 return true; 1740 } 1741 1742 return false; 1743} 1744 1745bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) { 1746 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1747 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1748 NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1749 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1750 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1751 AA->getMessage()); 1752 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1753 NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility()); 1754 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1755 NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange()); 1756 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1757 NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange()); 1758 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1759 NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1760 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg()); 1761 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1762 NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName()); 1763 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1764 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context)); 1765 1766 if (NewAttr) { 1767 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1768 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1769 return true; 1770 } 1771 1772 return false; 1773} 1774 1775static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1776 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1777 return TD->getDefinition(); 1778 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1779 return VD->getDefinition(); 1780 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1781 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1782 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 1783 return Def; 1784 } 1785 return NULL; 1786} 1787 1788static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 1789 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 1790 I != E; ++I) { 1791 Attr *Attribute = *I; 1792 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 1793 return true; 1794 } 1795 return false; 1796} 1797 1798/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 1799/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 1800static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 1801 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1802 return; 1803 1804 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 1805 if (!Def || Def == New) 1806 return; 1807 1808 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 1809 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 1810 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 1811 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 1812 ++I; 1813 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 1814 } 1815 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 1816 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 1817 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1818 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 1819 --E; 1820 } 1821} 1822 1823/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1824void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, 1825 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1826 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 1827 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 1828 1829 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1830 return; 1831 1832 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1833 1834 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1835 // we process them. 1836 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1837 1838 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1839 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1840 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1841 i != e; ++i) { 1842 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1843 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1844 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1845 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1846 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1847 continue; 1848 1849 if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i)) 1850 foundAny = true; 1851 } 1852 1853 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1854} 1855 1856/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1857/// to the new one. 1858static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1859 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1860 ASTContext &C) { 1861 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1862 return; 1863 1864 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1865 1866 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1867 // done before we process them. 1868 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1869 1870 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1871 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1872 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1873 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1874 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1875 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1876 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1877 foundAny = true; 1878 } 1879 } 1880 1881 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1882} 1883 1884namespace { 1885 1886/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1887/// C. 1888struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1889 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1890 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1891 QualType PromotedType; 1892}; 1893 1894} 1895 1896/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1897Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1898 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1899 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1900 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1901 1902 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1903 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1904 1905 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1906 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1907 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1908 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1909 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1910 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1911 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1912 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1913 } 1914 1915 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1916} 1917 1918/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1919/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1920/// GNU89 mode. 1921static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1922 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1923 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1924 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1925 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1926 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1927} 1928 1929/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 1930/// declaration? 1931static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 1932 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 1933 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 1934 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 1935 } else { 1936 // Free C function or a static method. 1937 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 1938 } 1939 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 1940} 1941 1942/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1943/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1944/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1945/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1946/// 1947/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1948/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1949/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1950/// merged with. 1951/// 1952/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1953bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 1954 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1955 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1956 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1957 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1958 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1959 else 1960 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1961 if (!Old) { 1962 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1963 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1964 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1965 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1966 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1967 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1968 return true; 1969 } 1970 1971 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1972 << New->getDeclName(); 1973 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1974 return true; 1975 } 1976 1977 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1978 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1979 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1980 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1981 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1982 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1983 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1984 else 1985 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1986 1987 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1988 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1989 1990 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1991 // is an extern inline function. 1992 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1993 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1994 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1995 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 1996 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 1997 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1998 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1999 } else { 2000 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2001 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2002 return true; 2003 } 2004 } 2005 2006 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2007 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2008 // calling convention of the first. 2009 // 2010 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2011 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2012 // 2013 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2014 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2015 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2016 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2017 // because it is the default calling convention. 2018 // 2019 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2020 // other tests to run. 2021 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2022 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2023 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2024 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2025 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2026 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2027 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2028 2029 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2030 // there but not here. 2031 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2032 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2033 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2034 2035 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2036 // effectively the same as the explict one. 2037 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2038 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) { 2039 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2040 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2041 2042 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2043 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2044 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2045 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2046 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2047 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2048 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2049 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2050 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2051 return true; 2052 } 2053 2054 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2055 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2056 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2057 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2058 } 2059 2060 // Merge regparm attribute. 2061 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2062 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2063 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2064 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2065 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2066 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2067 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2068 return true; 2069 } 2070 2071 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2072 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2073 } 2074 2075 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2076 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2077 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2078 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2079 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2080 return true; 2081 } 2082 2083 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2084 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2085 } 2086 2087 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2088 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2089 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2090 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2091 } 2092 2093 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2094 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2095 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2096 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2097 // cannot be overloaded. 2098 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2099 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2100 QualType ResQT; 2101 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2102 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2103 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2104 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2105 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2106 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2107 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2108 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2109 else 2110 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2111 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2112 return true; 2113 } 2114 else 2115 NewQType = ResQT; 2116 } 2117 2118 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2119 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2120 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2121 // Preserve triviality. 2122 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2123 2124 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2125 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2126 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2127 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2128 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2129 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2130 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2131 2132 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2133 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2134 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2135 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2136 // is a static member function declaration. 2137 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2138 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2139 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2140 return true; 2141 } 2142 2143 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2144 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2145 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2146 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2147 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2148 unsigned NewDiag; 2149 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2150 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2151 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2152 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2153 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2154 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2155 else 2156 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2157 2158 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2159 } else { 2160 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2161 << New << New->getType(); 2162 } 2163 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2164 2165 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2166 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2167 // 2168 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2169 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2170 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2171 if (isFriend) { 2172 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2173 } else { 2174 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2175 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2176 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2177 return true; 2178 } 2179 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2180 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2181 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2182 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2183 return true; 2184 } 2185 } 2186 2187 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2188 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2189 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2190 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2191 2192 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2193 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2194 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2195 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2196 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2197 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2198 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2199 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2200 } 2201 2202 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2203 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2204 2205 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2206 } 2207 2208 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2209 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2210 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2211 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2212 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2213 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2214 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2215 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2216 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2217 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2218 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2219 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2220 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2221 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2222 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2223 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 2224 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2225 New->setType(NewQType); 2226 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2227 2228 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2229 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2230 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2231 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2232 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2233 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2234 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2235 SourceLocation(), 2236 SourceLocation(), 0, 2237 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2238 SC_None, SC_None, 2239 0); 2240 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2241 Param->setImplicit(); 2242 Params.push_back(Param); 2243 } 2244 2245 New->setParams(Params); 2246 } 2247 2248 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2249 } 2250 2251 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2252 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2253 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2254 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2255 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2256 // the prototype. 2257 // 2258 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2259 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2260 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2261 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2262 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2263 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2264 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2265 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2266 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2267 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2268 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2269 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2270 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2271 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2272 2273 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2274 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2275 NewProto->getResultType()); 2276 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2277 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2278 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2279 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2280 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2281 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2282 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2283 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2284 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2285 NewParm->getType(), 2286 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2287 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2288 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2289 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2290 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2291 } else 2292 LooseCompatible = false; 2293 } 2294 2295 if (LooseCompatible) { 2296 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2297 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2298 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2299 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2300 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2301 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2302 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2303 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2304 } 2305 2306 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2307 ArgTypes.size(), 2308 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2309 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2310 } 2311 2312 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2313 } 2314 2315 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2316 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2317 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2318 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2319 // signature. 2320 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2321 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2322 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2323 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2324 // library built-in. 2325 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2326 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2327 << Old << Old->getType(); 2328 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2329 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2330 return false; 2331 } 2332 2333 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2334 } 2335 2336 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2337 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2338 return true; 2339} 2340 2341/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2342/// known to be compatible. 2343/// 2344/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2345/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2346/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2347/// redeclaration of Old. 2348/// 2349/// \returns false 2350bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2351 Scope *S) { 2352 // Merge the attributes 2353 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2354 2355 // Merge the storage class. 2356 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2357 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2358 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2359 2360 // Merge "pure" flag. 2361 if (Old->isPure()) 2362 New->setPure(); 2363 2364 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2365 // declarations. 2366 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2367 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2368 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2369 Context); 2370 2371 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2372 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2373 2374 return false; 2375} 2376 2377 2378void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2379 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2380 2381 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2382 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true); 2383 2384 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2385 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2386 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2387 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2388 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2389 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2390 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2391 2392 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2393} 2394 2395/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2396/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2397/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2398/// 2399/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2400/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2401/// is attached. 2402void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2403 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2404 return; 2405 2406 QualType MergedT; 2407 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2408 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2409 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2410 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2411 return; 2412 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2413 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2414 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2415 } 2416 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2417 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2418 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2419 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2420 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2421 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2422 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2423 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2424 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2425 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2426 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2427 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2428 MergedT = New->getType(); 2429 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2430 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2431 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2432 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2433 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2434 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2435 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2436 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2437 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2438 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2439 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2440 Old->getType()); 2441 } 2442 } else { 2443 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2444 } 2445 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2446 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2447 << New->getDeclName(); 2448 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2449 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2450 } 2451 New->setType(MergedT); 2452} 2453 2454/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2455/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2456/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2457/// 2458/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2459/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2460/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2461/// 2462void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2463 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2464 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2465 return; 2466 2467 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2468 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2469 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2470 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2471 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2472 << New->getDeclName(); 2473 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2474 diag::note_previous_definition); 2475 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2476 } 2477 2478 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2479 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2480 // 2481 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2482 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2483 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2484 << New->getIdentifier(); 2485 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2486 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2487 } 2488 2489 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2490 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2491 // declaration 2492 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2493 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2494 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2495 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2496 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2497 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2498 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2499 } 2500 2501 // Merge the types. 2502 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2503 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2504 return; 2505 2506 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2507 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2508 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2509 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2510 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2511 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2512 } 2513 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2514 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2515 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2516 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2517 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2518 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2519 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2520 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2521 // identifier has external linkage. 2522 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2523 /* Okay */; 2524 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2525 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2526 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2527 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2528 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2529 } 2530 2531 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2532 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2533 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2534 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2535 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2536 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2537 } 2538 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2539 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2540 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2541 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2542 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2543 } 2544 2545 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2546 2547 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2548 // need to check for mismatches. 2549 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2550 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2551 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2552 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2553 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2554 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2555 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2556 } 2557 2558 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2559 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2560 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2561 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2562 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2563 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2564 } 2565 2566 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2567 const VarDecl *Def; 2568 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2569 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2570 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2571 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2572 << New->getDeclName(); 2573 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2574 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2575 return; 2576 } 2577 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2578 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2579 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2580 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2581 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2582 // specified at the prior declaration. 2583 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2584 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2585 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2586 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2587 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2588 2589 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2590 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2591 2592 // Inherit access appropriately. 2593 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2594} 2595 2596/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2597/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2598Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2599 DeclSpec &DS) { 2600 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 2601} 2602 2603/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2604/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2605/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2606Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2607 DeclSpec &DS, 2608 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2609 Decl *TagD = 0; 2610 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2611 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2612 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2613 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2614 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2615 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2616 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2617 2618 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2619 return 0; 2620 2621 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2622 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2623 // it's a Type. 2624 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2625 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2626 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2627 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2628 } 2629 2630 if (Tag) { 2631 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2632 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2633 return Tag; 2634 } 2635 2636 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2637 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2638 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2639 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2640 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2641 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2642 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2643 } 2644 2645 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2646 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2647 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2648 if (Tag) 2649 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2650 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2651 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2652 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 2653 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 2654 else 2655 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2656 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2657 return TagD; 2658 } 2659 2660 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2661 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2662 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2663 if (TagD && !Tag) 2664 return 0; 2665 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2666 } 2667 2668 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2669 // declarators. 2670 bool emittedWarning = false; 2671 2672 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2673 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2674 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2675 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 2676 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2677 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2678 2679 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2680 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2681 emittedWarning = true; 2682 } 2683 } 2684 2685 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2686 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2687 CurContext->isRecord() && 2688 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2689 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2690 // struct STRUCT; 2691 // and 2692 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2693 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2694 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2695 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2696 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2697 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2698 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2699 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2700 } 2701 } 2702 2703 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2704 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2705 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2706 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2707 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2708 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2709 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2710 emittedWarning = true; 2711 } 2712 2713 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2714 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2715 2716 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2717 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2718 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2719 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2720 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2721 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2722 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2723 return Tag; 2724 } 2725 2726 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2727 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2728 emittedWarning = true; 2729 } 2730 2731 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2732 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2733 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2734 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2735 return TagD; 2736 2737 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2738 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2739 // useless. 2740 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2741 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2742 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2743 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2744 2745 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2746 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2747 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2748 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2749 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2750 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2751 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2752 // Restrict is covered above. 2753 } 2754 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2755 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2756 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2757 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2758 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2759 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2760 2761 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2762 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2763 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2764 << Tag->getTagKind() 2765 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2766 2767 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2768 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2769 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2770 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2771 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2772 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2773 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2774 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2775 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2776 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2777 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2778 while (attrs) { 2779 Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(), 2780 diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2781 << attrs->getName() 2782 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2783 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2784 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 2785 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 2786 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2787 } 2788 } 2789 } 2790 2791 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 2792 2793 return TagD; 2794} 2795 2796/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2797/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2798/// 2799/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2800static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2801 Scope *S, 2802 DeclContext *Owner, 2803 DeclarationName Name, 2804 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2805 unsigned diagnostic) { 2806 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2807 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2808 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2809 2810 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2811 return false; 2812 2813 // Pick a representative declaration. 2814 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2815 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2816 2817 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2818 return false; 2819 2820 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2821 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2822 2823 return true; 2824} 2825 2826/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2827/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2828/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2829/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2830/// struct, e.g., 2831/// 2832/// @code 2833/// union { 2834/// int i; 2835/// float f; 2836/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2837/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2838/// @endcode 2839/// 2840/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2841/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2842static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2843 DeclContext *Owner, 2844 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2845 AccessSpecifier AS, 2846 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2847 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2848 unsigned diagKind 2849 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2850 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2851 2852 bool Invalid = false; 2853 2854 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2855 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2856 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2857 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2858 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2859 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2860 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2861 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2862 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2863 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2864 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2865 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2866 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2867 Invalid = true; 2868 } else { 2869 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2870 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2871 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2872 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2873 // anonymous union is declared. 2874 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2875 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2876 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2877 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2878 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2879 else 2880 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2881 2882 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2883 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2884 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2885 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2886 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2887 2888 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2889 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2890 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2891 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2892 2893 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2894 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2895 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2896 2897 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2898 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2899 2900 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2901 } 2902 } 2903 } 2904 2905 return Invalid; 2906} 2907 2908/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2909/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2910/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2911static StorageClass 2912StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2913 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2914 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2915 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2916 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2917 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2918 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2919 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2920 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2921 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2922 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2923 } 2924 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2925} 2926 2927/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2928/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2929/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2930static StorageClass 2931StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2932 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2933 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2934 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2935 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2936 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2937 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2938 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2939 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2940 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2941 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2942 } 2943 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2944} 2945 2946/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2947/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2948/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 2949/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 2950Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2951 AccessSpecifier AS, 2952 RecordDecl *Record) { 2953 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2954 2955 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2956 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 2957 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2958 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2959 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 2960 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 2961 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 2962 2963 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2964 // structs/unions. 2965 bool Invalid = false; 2966 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2967 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2968 unsigned DiagID; 2969 if (Record->isUnion()) { 2970 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2971 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2972 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2973 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2974 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2975 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2976 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2977 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 2978 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 2979 2980 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2981 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2982 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2983 } 2984 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2985 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2986 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2987 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2988 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2989 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2990 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 2991 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2992 2993 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2994 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 2995 SourceLocation(), 2996 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2997 } 2998 } 2999 3000 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3001 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3002 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3003 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3004 << Record->isUnion() << 0 3005 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3006 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3007 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3008 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3009 << Record->isUnion() << 1 3010 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3011 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3012 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3013 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3014 << Record->isUnion() << 2 3015 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3016 3017 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3018 } 3019 3020 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3021 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3022 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3023 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3024 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3025 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3026 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3027 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3028 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3029 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3030 // members (clause 11). 3031 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3032 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3033 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3034 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3035 Invalid = true; 3036 } 3037 3038 // C++ [class.union]p1 3039 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3040 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3041 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3042 // array of such objects. 3043 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3044 Invalid = true; 3045 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3046 // Any implicit members are fine. 3047 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3048 // This is a type that showed up in an 3049 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3050 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3051 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3052 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3053 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3054 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3055 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3056 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3057 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3058 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3059 else { 3060 // This is a nested type declaration. 3061 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3062 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3063 Invalid = true; 3064 } 3065 } 3066 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3067 // Any access specifier is fine. 3068 } else { 3069 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3070 // member. Complain about it. 3071 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3072 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3073 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3074 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3075 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3076 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3077 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3078 3079 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3080 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3081 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3082 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3083 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3084 else { 3085 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3086 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3087 Invalid = true; 3088 } 3089 } 3090 } 3091 } 3092 3093 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3094 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3095 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3096 Invalid = true; 3097 } 3098 3099 // Mock up a declarator. 3100 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3101 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3102 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3103 3104 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3105 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3106 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3107 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3108 DS.getLocStart(), 3109 Record->getLocation(), 3110 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3111 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3112 TInfo, 3113 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3114 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3115 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3116 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3117 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3118 } else { 3119 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3120 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3121 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3122 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3123 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3124 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3125 // an error here 3126 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3127 Invalid = true; 3128 SC = SC_None; 3129 } 3130 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3131 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3132 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3133 3134 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3135 DS.getLocStart(), 3136 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3137 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3138 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3139 3140 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3141 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3142 // initializer: 3143 // union { int n = 0; }; 3144 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3145 } 3146 Anon->setImplicit(); 3147 3148 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3149 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3150 // its members. 3151 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3152 3153 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3154 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3155 // purposes. 3156 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3157 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3158 3159 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3160 Chain, false)) 3161 Invalid = true; 3162 3163 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3164 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3165 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3166 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3167 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3168 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3169 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3170 3171 if (Invalid) 3172 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3173 3174 return Anon; 3175} 3176 3177/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3178/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3179/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3180/// Example: 3181/// 3182/// struct A { int a; }; 3183/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3184/// 3185/// void foo() { 3186/// B var; 3187/// var.a = 3; 3188/// } 3189/// 3190Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3191 RecordDecl *Record) { 3192 3193 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3194 if (!Record) 3195 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3196 3197 // Mock up a declarator. 3198 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3199 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3200 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3201 3202 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3203 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3204 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3205 DS.getLocStart(), 3206 DS.getLocStart(), 3207 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3208 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3209 TInfo, 3210 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3211 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3212 Anon->setImplicit(); 3213 3214 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3215 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3216 3217 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3218 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3219 // purposes. 3220 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3221 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3222 3223 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3224 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3225 RecordDef, AS_none, 3226 Chain, true)) 3227 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3228 3229 return Anon; 3230} 3231 3232/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3233/// given Declarator. 3234DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3235 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3236} 3237 3238/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3239DeclarationNameInfo 3240Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3241 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3242 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3243 3244 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3245 3246 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3247 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3248 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3249 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3250 return NameInfo; 3251 3252 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3253 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3254 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3255 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3256 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3257 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3258 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3259 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3260 return NameInfo; 3261 3262 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3263 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3264 Name.Identifier)); 3265 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3266 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3267 return NameInfo; 3268 3269 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3270 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3271 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3272 if (Ty.isNull()) 3273 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3274 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3275 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3276 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3277 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3278 return NameInfo; 3279 } 3280 3281 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3282 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3283 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3284 if (Ty.isNull()) 3285 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3286 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3287 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3288 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3289 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3290 return NameInfo; 3291 } 3292 3293 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3294 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3295 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3296 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3297 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3298 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3299 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3300 3301 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3302 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3303 3304 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3305 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3306 // was qualified. 3307 3308 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3309 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3310 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3311 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3312 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3313 return NameInfo; 3314 } 3315 3316 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3317 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3318 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3319 if (Ty.isNull()) 3320 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3321 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3322 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3323 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3324 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3325 return NameInfo; 3326 } 3327 3328 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3329 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3330 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3331 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3332 } 3333 3334 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3335 3336 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3337} 3338 3339static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3340 do { 3341 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3342 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3343 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3344 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3345 else 3346 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3347 } while (true); 3348} 3349 3350/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3351/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3352/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3353/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3354/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3355/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3356/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3357static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3358 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3359 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3360 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3361 Params.clear(); 3362 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3363 return false; 3364 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3365 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3366 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3367 3368 // The parameter types are identical 3369 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3370 continue; 3371 3372 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3373 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3374 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3375 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3376 3377 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3378 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3379 Params.push_back(Idx); 3380 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3381 return false; 3382 } 3383 3384 return true; 3385} 3386 3387/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3388/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3389/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3390/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3391/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3392static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3393 DeclarationName Name) { 3394 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3395 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3396 // - types which will become injected class names 3397 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3398 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3399 // few cases here. 3400 3401 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3402 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3403 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3404 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3405 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3406 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3407 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3408 // Grab the type from the parser. 3409 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3410 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3411 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3412 3413 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3414 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3415 // attached already. 3416 if (!TSI) 3417 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3418 3419 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3420 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3421 if (!TSI) return true; 3422 3423 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3424 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3425 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3426 break; 3427 } 3428 3429 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3430 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3431 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3432 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3433 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3434 break; 3435 } 3436 3437 default: 3438 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3439 break; 3440 } 3441 3442 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3443 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3444 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3445 3446 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3447 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3448 // pointer. 3449 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3450 continue; 3451 3452 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3453 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3454 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3455 return true; 3456 } 3457 3458 return false; 3459} 3460 3461Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3462 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3463 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3464 3465 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3466 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3467 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3468 3469 return Dcl; 3470} 3471 3472/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3473/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3474/// name different from T: 3475/// - every static data member of class T; 3476/// - every member function of class T 3477/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3478/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3479bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3480 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3481 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3482 3483 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3484 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3485 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3486 return true; 3487 } 3488 3489 return false; 3490} 3491 3492/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3493/// nested-name-specifier. 3494/// 3495/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3496/// 3497/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3498/// resolves. 3499/// 3500/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3501/// 3502/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3503/// 3504/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3505bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3506 DeclarationName Name, 3507 SourceLocation Loc) { 3508 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3509 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3510 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3511 3512 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3513 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3514 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3515 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3516 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3517 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3518 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3519 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3520 3521 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3522 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3523 // 3524 // class X { 3525 // void X::f(); 3526 // }; 3527 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3528 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3529 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3530 SS.clear(); 3531 return false; 3532 } 3533 3534 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3535 // declaration. 3536 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3537 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3538 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3539 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3540 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3541 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3542 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3543 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3544 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3545 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3546 else 3547 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3548 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3549 3550 return true; 3551 } 3552 3553 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3554 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3555 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3556 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3557 SS.clear(); 3558 3559 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3560 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3561 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3562 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3563 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3564 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3565 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3566 return true; 3567 3568 return false; 3569 } 3570 3571 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3572 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3573 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3574 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3575 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3576 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3577 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3578 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3579 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3580 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3581 3582 return false; 3583} 3584 3585Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3586 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3587 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3588 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3589 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3590 3591 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3592 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3593 if (!Name) { 3594 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3595 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3596 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3597 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3598 return 0; 3599 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3600 return 0; 3601 3602 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3603 // we find one that is. 3604 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3605 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3606 S = S->getParent(); 3607 3608 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3609 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3610 D.setInvalidType(); 3611 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3612 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3613 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3614 return 0; 3615 3616 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3617 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3618 if (!DC) { 3619 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3620 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3621 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3622 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3623 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3624 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3625 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3626 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3627 return 0; 3628 } 3629 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3630 3631 if (!IsDependentContext && 3632 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3633 return 0; 3634 3635 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3636 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3637 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3638 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3639 D.setInvalidType(); 3640 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3641 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 3642 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 3643 if (DC->isRecord()) 3644 return 0; 3645 3646 D.setInvalidType(); 3647 } 3648 } 3649 3650 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3651 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3652 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3653 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3654 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3655 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3656 D.setInvalidType(); 3657 } 3658 } 3659 3660 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3661 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3662 // Just return early; it's safer. 3663 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3664 return 0; 3665 3666 NamedDecl *New; 3667 3668 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3669 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3670 3671 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3672 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3673 D.setInvalidType(); 3674 3675 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3676 ForRedeclaration); 3677 3678 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3679 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3680 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3681 3682 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3683 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3684 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3685 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3686 /* Do nothing*/; 3687 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3688 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3689 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3690 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3691 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3692 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3693 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3694 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3695 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3696 3697 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3698 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3699 3700 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3701 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3702 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3703 3704 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3705 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 3706 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 3707 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 3708 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 3709 // thereof; [...] 3710 // 3711 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 3712 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 3713 // we want to match. For example, given: 3714 // 3715 // class X { 3716 // void f(); 3717 // void f(float); 3718 // }; 3719 // 3720 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3721 // 3722 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 3723 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3724 // matches. 3725 3726 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3727 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 3728 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 3729 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3730 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3731 } 3732 3733 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3734 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3735 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3736 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3737 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3738 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3739 3740 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3741 Previous.clear(); 3742 } 3743 3744 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3745 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3746 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3747 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3748 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3749 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3750 Previous.clear(); 3751 3752 bool AddToScope = true; 3753 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3754 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3755 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3756 return 0; 3757 } 3758 3759 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3760 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3761 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3762 TemplateParamLists, 3763 AddToScope); 3764 } else { 3765 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3766 TemplateParamLists); 3767 } 3768 3769 if (New == 0) 3770 return 0; 3771 3772 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3773 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3774 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3775 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3776 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3777 3778 return New; 3779} 3780 3781/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3782/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3783/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3784static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3785 ASTContext &Context, 3786 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3787 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3788 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3789 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3790 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3791 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3792 SizeIsNegative = false; 3793 Oversized = 0; 3794 3795 if (T->isDependentType()) 3796 return QualType(); 3797 3798 QualifierCollector Qs; 3799 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3800 3801 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3802 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3803 QualType FixedType = 3804 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3805 Oversized); 3806 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3807 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3808 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3809 } 3810 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3811 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3812 QualType FixedType = 3813 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3814 Oversized); 3815 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3816 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3817 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3818 } 3819 3820 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3821 if (!VLATy) 3822 return QualType(); 3823 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3824 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3825 return QualType(); 3826 3827 llvm::APSInt Res; 3828 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3829 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3830 return QualType(); 3831 3832 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3833 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3834 SizeIsNegative = true; 3835 return QualType(); 3836 } 3837 3838 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3839 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3840 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3841 Res); 3842 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3843 Oversized = Res; 3844 return QualType(); 3845 } 3846 3847 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3848 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3849} 3850 3851/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3852/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3853void 3854Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3855 const LookupResult &Previous, 3856 Scope *S) { 3857 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3858 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3859 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3860 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3861 3862 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3863 return; 3864 3865 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3866 3867 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3868 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3869 // declaration. 3870 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3871 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3872 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3873 3874 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3875 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3876 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3877 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3878 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3879 3880 } else { 3881 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3882 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3883 S = S->getParent(); 3884 } 3885 3886 if (S) 3887 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3888 } 3889} 3890 3891llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 3892Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 3893 if (ExternalSource) { 3894 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 3895 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 3896 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 3897 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 3898 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3899 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 3900 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3901 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 3902 } 3903 } 3904 3905 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 3906} 3907 3908/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3909/// does not identify a function. 3910void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3911 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3912 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3913 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3914 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3915 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3916 3917 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3918 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3919 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3920 3921 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3922 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3923 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3924} 3925 3926NamedDecl* 3927Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3928 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 3929 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3930 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3931 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3932 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3933 D.setInvalidType(); 3934 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3935 DC = CurContext; 3936 Previous.clear(); 3937 } 3938 3939 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3940 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3941 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3942 } 3943 3944 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3945 3946 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3947 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3948 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3949 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 3950 << 1; 3951 3952 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3953 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3954 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3955 return 0; 3956 } 3957 3958 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 3959 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3960 3961 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3962 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3963 3964 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3965 3966 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 3967 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3968 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 3969 return ND; 3970} 3971 3972void 3973Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3974 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3975 // then it shall have block scope. 3976 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3977 // that redeclarations will match. 3978 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3979 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3980 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3981 3982 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3983 bool SizeIsNegative; 3984 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3985 QualType FixedTy = 3986 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3987 Oversized); 3988 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3989 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3990 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3991 } else { 3992 if (SizeIsNegative) 3993 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3994 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3995 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3996 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3997 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 3998 << Oversized.toString(10); 3999 else 4000 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4001 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4002 } 4003 } 4004 } 4005} 4006 4007 4008/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4009/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4010/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4011NamedDecl* 4012Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4013 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4014 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4015 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4016 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4017 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4018 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4019 Redeclaration = true; 4020 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4021 } 4022 4023 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4024 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4025 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4026 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4027 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4028 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4029 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4030 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4031 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4032 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4033 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4034 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4035 } 4036 4037 return NewTD; 4038} 4039 4040/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4041/// previous declaration. 4042/// 4043/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4044/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4045/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4046/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4047/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4048/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4049/// 4050/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4051/// lookup 4052/// 4053/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4054/// declared. 4055/// 4056/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4057/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4058static bool 4059isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4060 ASTContext &Context) { 4061 if (!PrevDecl) 4062 return false; 4063 4064 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4065 return false; 4066 4067 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4068 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4069 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4070 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4071 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4072 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4073 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4074 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4075 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4076 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4077 return false; 4078 4079 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4080 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4081 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4082 return false; 4083 4084 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4085 // previous declarations. 4086 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4087 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4088 4089 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4090 // isn't the same function. 4091 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4092 return false; 4093 } 4094 4095 return true; 4096} 4097 4098static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4099 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4100 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4101 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4102} 4103 4104bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4105 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4106 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4107 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4108 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4109 unsigned kind = -1U; 4110 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4111 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4112 kind = 0; // __block 4113 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4114 kind = 1; // global 4115 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4116 kind = 3; // ivar 4117 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4118 kind = 2; // field 4119 } 4120 4121 if (kind != -1U) { 4122 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4123 << kind; 4124 } 4125 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4126 // Try to infer lifetime. 4127 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4128 return false; 4129 4130 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4131 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4132 decl->setType(type); 4133 } 4134 4135 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4136 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4137 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4138 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4139 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4140 << var->getType(); 4141 return true; 4142 } 4143 } 4144 4145 return false; 4146} 4147 4148NamedDecl* 4149Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4150 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4151 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4152 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4153 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4154 4155 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4156 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4157 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4158 4159 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4160 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4161 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4162 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4163 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4164 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4165 // an error here 4166 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4167 D.setInvalidType(); 4168 SC = SC_None; 4169 } 4170 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4171 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4172 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4173 4174 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4175 if (!II) { 4176 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4177 << Name; 4178 return 0; 4179 } 4180 4181 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4182 4183 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4184 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4185 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4186 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4187 4188 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4189 // is a GNU extension. 4190 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4191 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4192 else 4193 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4194 D.setInvalidType(); 4195 } 4196 } 4197 4198 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4199 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4200 // OpenCL __local address space. 4201 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 4202 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4203 } 4204 4205 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4206 VarDecl *NewVD; 4207 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4208 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4209 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4210 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4211 4212 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4213 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4214 } else { 4215 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4216 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4217 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4218 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4219 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4220 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4221 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4222 SC = SC_Static; 4223 } 4224 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4225 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4226 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4227 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4228 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4229 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4230 4231 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4232 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4233 if (RD->isUnion()) 4234 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4235 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x 4236 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4237 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4238 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4239 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4240 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4241 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4242 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4243 } 4244 } 4245 4246 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4247 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4248 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4249 bool Invalid = false; 4250 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4251 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4252 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4253 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4254 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4255 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4256 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4257 /*never a friend*/ false, 4258 isExplicitSpecialization, 4259 Invalid)) { 4260 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4261 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4262 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4263 << II 4264 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4265 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4266 return 0; 4267 } else { 4268 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4269 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4270 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4271 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4272 << II 4273 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4274 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4275 } 4276 } 4277 4278 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4279 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4280 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4281 4282 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4283 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4284 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4285 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4286 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4287 4288 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4289 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4290 4291 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4292 4293 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4294 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4295 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4296 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4297 } 4298 4299 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4300 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4301 } 4302 4303 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4304 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4305 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4306 4307 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4308 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4309 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4310 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4311 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4312 else 4313 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4314 } 4315 4316 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4317 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4318 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4319 << 2 4320 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4321 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4322 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4323 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4324 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4325 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4326 else 4327 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4328 } 4329 4330 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4331 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4332 4333 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4334 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4335 // storage [duration]." 4336 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4337 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 4338 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4339 } 4340 4341 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4342 // retainable type. 4343 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4344 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4345 4346 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4347 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4348 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4349 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4350 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4351 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4352 switch (SC) { 4353 case SC_None: 4354 case SC_Auto: 4355 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4356 break; 4357 case SC_Register: 4358 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4359 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4360 break; 4361 case SC_Static: 4362 case SC_Extern: 4363 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4364 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4365 break; 4366 } 4367 } 4368 4369 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4370 Context, Label)); 4371 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4372 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4373 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4374 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4375 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4376 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4377 } 4378 } 4379 4380 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4381 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4382 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4383 4384 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4385 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4386 // declaration has linkage). 4387 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4388 isExplicitSpecialization); 4389 4390 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4391 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4392 } else { 4393 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4394 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4395 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4396 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4397 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4398 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4399 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4400 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4401 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4402 Previous.clear(); 4403 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4404 } 4405 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4406 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4407 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4408 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4409 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4410 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4411 } 4412 4413 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4414 4415 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4416 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4417 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4418 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4419 } 4420 4421 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4422 // such variables. 4423 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4424 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4425 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4426 4427 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4428 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4429 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4430 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4431 4432 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 4433 4434 return NewVD; 4435} 4436 4437/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4438/// -Wshadow. 4439/// 4440/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4441/// scope. 4442/// 4443/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4444/// \param R the lookup of the name 4445/// 4446void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4447 // Return if warning is ignored. 4448 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4449 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4450 return; 4451 4452 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4453 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4454 return; 4455 4456 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4457 4458 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4459 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4460 return; 4461 4462 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4463 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4464 return; 4465 4466 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4467 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4468 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4469 if (MD->isStatic()) 4470 return; 4471 4472 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4473 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4474 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4475 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4476 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4477 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4478 I != E; ++I) 4479 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4480 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4481 break; 4482 } 4483 } 4484 4485 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4486 4487 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4488 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4489 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4490 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4491 return; 4492 4493 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4494 // static data members from base classes? 4495 4496 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4497 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4498 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4499 } 4500 4501 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4502 unsigned Kind; 4503 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4504 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4505 Kind = 3; // field 4506 else 4507 Kind = 2; // static data member 4508 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4509 Kind = 1; // global 4510 else 4511 Kind = 0; // local 4512 4513 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4514 4515 // Emit warning and note. 4516 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4517 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4518} 4519 4520/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4521void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4522 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4523 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4524 return; 4525 4526 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4527 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4528 LookupName(R, S); 4529 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4530} 4531 4532/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4533/// declaration. 4534/// 4535/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4536/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4537/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4538/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4539/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4540/// 4541/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4542/// 4543/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4544bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4545 LookupResult &Previous) { 4546 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4547 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4548 return false; 4549 4550 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 4551 4552 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4553 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4554 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4555 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4556 NewVD->setType(T); 4557 } 4558 4559 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4560 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4561 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4562 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4563 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4564 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4565 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4566 return false; 4567 } 4568 4569 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 4570 // scope. 4571 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 4572 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4573 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 4574 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4575 return false; 4576 } 4577 4578 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4579 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4580 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4581 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4582 else 4583 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4584 } 4585 4586 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4587 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4588 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4589 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4590 4591 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4592 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4593 bool SizeIsNegative; 4594 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4595 QualType FixedTy = 4596 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4597 Oversized); 4598 4599 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4600 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4601 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4602 // int a[10][n]; 4603 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4604 4605 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4606 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4607 << SizeRange; 4608 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4609 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4610 << SizeRange; 4611 else 4612 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4613 << SizeRange; 4614 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4615 return false; 4616 } 4617 4618 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 4619 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4620 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4621 else 4622 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4623 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4624 return false; 4625 } 4626 4627 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4628 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 4629 } 4630 4631 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4632 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4633 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4634 // declaration with the same name. 4635 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4636 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4637 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4638 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4639 } 4640 4641 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4642 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4643 << T; 4644 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4645 return false; 4646 } 4647 4648 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4649 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4650 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4651 return false; 4652 } 4653 4654 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4655 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4656 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4657 return false; 4658 } 4659 4660 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4661 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4662 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 4663 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4664 return false; 4665 } 4666 4667 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4668 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4669 return true; 4670 } 4671 return false; 4672} 4673 4674/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4675struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4676 Sema *S; 4677 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4678}; 4679 4680/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4681/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4682/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4683static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4684 CXXBasePath &Path, 4685 void *UserData) { 4686 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4687 4688 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4689 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4690 4691 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4692 4693 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4694 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4695 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4696 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4697 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4698 4699 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4700 } 4701 4702 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4703 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4704 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4705 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4706 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4707 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4708 return true; 4709 } 4710 } 4711 4712 return false; 4713} 4714 4715/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4716/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4717bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4718 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4719 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4720 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4721 Data.Method = MD; 4722 Data.S = this; 4723 bool AddedAny = false; 4724 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4725 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4726 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4727 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4728 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4729 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4730 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4731 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4732 AddedAny = true; 4733 } 4734 } 4735 } 4736 } 4737 4738 return AddedAny; 4739} 4740 4741namespace { 4742 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4743 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4744 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4745 Scope *S; 4746 Declarator &D; 4747 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4748 bool AddToScope; 4749 }; 4750} 4751 4752namespace { 4753 4754// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 4755// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 4756class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 4757 public: 4758 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 4759 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 4760 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 4761 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 4762 4763 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 4764 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 4765 return false; 4766 4767 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4768 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 4769 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 4770 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4771 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4772 4773 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4774 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4775 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 4776 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 4777 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 4778 return true; 4779 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 4780 return true; 4781 } 4782 } 4783 } 4784 4785 return false; 4786 } 4787 4788 private: 4789 ASTContext &Context; 4790 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 4791 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 4792}; 4793 4794} 4795 4796/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 4797/// 4798/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 4799/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 4800/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 4801/// the same name. 4802/// 4803/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 4804/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 4805static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 4806 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4807 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 4808 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 4809 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4810 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4811 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4812 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4813 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4814 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4815 TypoCorrection Correction; 4816 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4817 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 4818 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4819 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4820 4821 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4822 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 4823 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4824 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4825 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 4826 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 4827 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 4828 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4829 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4830 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4831 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4832 if (FD && 4833 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4834 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4835 // involve a parameter 4836 unsigned ParamNum = 4837 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4838 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4839 } 4840 } 4841 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 4842 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 4843 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 4844 Validator, NewDC))) { 4845 // Trap errors. 4846 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 4847 4848 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 4849 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 4850 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4851 Previous.clear(); 4852 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 4853 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 4854 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 4855 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4856 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4857 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4858 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4859 Previous.addDecl(FD); 4860 } 4861 } 4862 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 4863 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 4864 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 4865 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 4866 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 4867 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 4868 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 4869 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 4870 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 4871 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 4872 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 4873 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 4874 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4875 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 4876 Previous.clear(); 4877 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 4878 Result = NULL; 4879 } else { 4880 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 4881 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 4882 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4883 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 4884 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 4885 } 4886 } 4887 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 4888 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 4889 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 4890 } else { 4891 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 4892 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 4893 } 4894 } 4895 4896 if (Correction) { 4897 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 4898 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4899 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 4900 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 4901 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 4902 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 4903 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 4904 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 4905 } else { 4906 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4907 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 4908 } 4909 4910 bool NewFDisConst = false; 4911 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4912 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 4913 4914 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 4915 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 4916 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 4917 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 4918 bool FDisConst = false; 4919 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 4920 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 4921 4922 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 4923 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 4924 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 4925 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 4926 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 4927 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 4928 } else if (Correction) { 4929 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 4930 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 4931 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 4932 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 4933 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4934 } else 4935 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4936 } 4937 return Result; 4938} 4939 4940static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 4941 Declarator &D) { 4942 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4943 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 4944 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4945 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4946 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4947 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4948 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4949 D.setInvalidType(); 4950 break; 4951 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 4952 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 4953 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4954 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4955 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4956 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4957 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4958 // other than extern 4959 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4960 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4961 diag::err_static_block_func); 4962 break; 4963 } else 4964 return SC_Static; 4965 } 4966 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4967 } 4968 4969 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 4970 return SC_None; 4971} 4972 4973static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 4974 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 4975 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4976 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 4977 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 4978 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4979 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4980 4981 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 4982 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4983 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4984 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4985 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4986 4987 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4988 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4989 // prototype. This true when: 4990 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4991 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4992 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4993 bool HasPrototype = 4994 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4995 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4996 4997 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4998 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 4999 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5000 HasPrototype); 5001 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5002 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5003 5004 // Set the lexical context. 5005 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5006 5007 return NewFD; 5008 } 5009 5010 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5011 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5012 5013 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5014 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5015 // the class has been completely parsed. 5016 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5017 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5018 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5019 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5020 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5021 D.setInvalidType(); 5022 5023 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5024 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5025 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5026 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5027 5028 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5029 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5030 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5031 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5032 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5033 isConstexpr); 5034 5035 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5036 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5037 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5038 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5039 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5040 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5041 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5042 D.getLocStart(), 5043 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5044 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5045 5046 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5047 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5048 // it yet. 5049 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 5050 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5051 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5052 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5053 } 5054 5055 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5056 return NewDD; 5057 5058 } else { 5059 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5060 D.setInvalidType(); 5061 5062 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5063 // code path. 5064 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5065 D.getLocStart(), 5066 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5067 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5068 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5069 } 5070 5071 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5072 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5073 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5074 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5075 return 0; 5076 } 5077 5078 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5079 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5080 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5081 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5082 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5083 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5084 5085 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5086 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5087 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5088 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5089 // constructor if it has no return type). 5090 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5091 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5092 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5093 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5094 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5095 return 0; 5096 } 5097 5098 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 5099 5100 // [class.free]p1: 5101 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5102 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5103 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5104 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5105 isStatic = true; 5106 5107 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5108 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5109 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5110 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5111 isStatic = true; 5112 5113 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5114 5115 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5116 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5117 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5118 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5119 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5120 5121 } else { 5122 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5123 // prototype. This true when: 5124 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5125 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5126 D.getLocStart(), 5127 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5128 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5129 } 5130} 5131 5132NamedDecl* 5133Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5134 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5135 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5136 bool &AddToScope) { 5137 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5138 5139 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5140 5141 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5142 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5143 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5144 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5145 5146 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5147 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5148 5149 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5150 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5151 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5152 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5153 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5154 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5155 5156 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5157 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5158 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5159 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5160 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5161 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5162 } 5163 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5164 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5165 } 5166 5167 bool isFriend = false; 5168 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5169 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5170 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5171 5172 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5173 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5174 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5175 5176 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5177 5178 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5179 isVirtualOkay); 5180 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5181 5182 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5183 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5184 5185 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5186 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5187 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5188 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5189 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5190 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5191 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5192 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5193 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5194 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5195 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5196 } 5197 5198 // if this is a method defined in an __interface, set pure 5199 // (isVirtual will already return true) 5200 if (CXXRecordDecl *Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 5201 NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5202 if (Parent->getTagKind() == TTK_Interface) 5203 NewFD->setPure(true); 5204 } 5205 5206 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5207 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5208 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5209 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5210 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5211 5212 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5213 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5214 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5215 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5216 5217 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5218 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5219 bool Invalid = false; 5220 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5221 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5222 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5223 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5224 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5225 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5226 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5227 isFriend, 5228 isExplicitSpecialization, 5229 Invalid)) { 5230 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5231 // This is a function template 5232 5233 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5234 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5235 return 0; 5236 5237 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5238 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5239 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5240 return 0; 5241 } 5242 5243 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5244 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5245 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5246 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5247 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5248 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5249 Invalid = true; 5250 } 5251 5252 5253 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5254 NewFD->getLocation(), 5255 Name, TemplateParams, 5256 NewFD); 5257 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5258 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5259 5260 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5261 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5262 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5263 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5264 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5265 } 5266 } else { 5267 // This is a function template specialization. 5268 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5269 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5270 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5271 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5272 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5273 5274 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5275 if (isFriend) { 5276 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5277 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5278 5279 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5280 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5281 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5282 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5283 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5284 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5285 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5286 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5287 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5288 } 5289 5290 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5291 << Name << RemoveRange 5292 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5293 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5294 } 5295 } 5296 } 5297 else { 5298 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5299 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5300 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5301 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5302 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5303 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5304 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5305 } 5306 5307 if (Invalid) { 5308 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5309 if (FunctionTemplate) 5310 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5311 } 5312 5313 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5314 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5315 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5316 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5317 // 5318 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5319 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5320 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5321 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5322 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5323 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5324 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5325 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5326 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5327 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5328 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5329 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5330 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5331 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5332 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5333 } else { 5334 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5335 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5336 } 5337 } 5338 5339 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5340 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5341 // declaration. 5342 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5343 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5344 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5345 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5346 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5347 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5348 } 5349 } 5350 5351 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5352 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5353 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5354 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5355 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5356 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5357 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5358 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5359 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5360 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5361 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5362 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5363 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5364 // or conversion function. 5365 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5366 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5367 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5368 } 5369 } 5370 5371 if (isConstexpr) { 5372 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5373 // are implicitly inline. 5374 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5375 5376 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5377 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5378 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5379 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5380 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5381 } 5382 5383 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5384 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5385 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5386 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5387 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5388 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5389 << 0 5390 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5391 } else { 5392 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5393 if (FunctionTemplate) 5394 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5395 } 5396 } 5397 5398 if (isFriend) { 5399 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5400 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5401 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5402 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5403 } 5404 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5405 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5406 } 5407 5408 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5409 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5410 case FDK_Declaration: 5411 case FDK_Definition: 5412 break; 5413 5414 case FDK_Defaulted: 5415 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5416 break; 5417 5418 case FDK_Deleted: 5419 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5420 break; 5421 } 5422 5423 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5424 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5425 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5426 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5427 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5428 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5429 } 5430 5431 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5432 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5433 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5434 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5435 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5436 // the class. 5437 5438 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5439 // member function definition. 5440 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5441 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5442 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5443 } 5444 } 5445 5446 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5447 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5448 isExplicitSpecialization || 5449 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5450 5451 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5452 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5453 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5454 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5455 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5456 SE->getString())); 5457 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5458 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5459 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5460 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5461 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5462 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5463 } 5464 } 5465 5466 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5467 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5468 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5469 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5470 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5471 5472 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5473 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5474 // single void argument. 5475 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5476 // already checks for that case. 5477 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5478 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5479 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5480 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5481 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 5482 5483 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5484 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5485 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5486 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5487 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5488 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5489 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5490 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5491 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5492 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5493 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5494 << IsTypeAlias; 5495 } 5496 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5497 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5498 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5499 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5500 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5501 Params.push_back(Param); 5502 5503 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5504 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5505 } 5506 } 5507 5508 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5509 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5510 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5511 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5512 // 5513 // @code 5514 // typedef void fn(int); 5515 // fn f; 5516 // @endcode 5517 5518 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5519 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5520 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5521 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5522 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5523 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5524 Params.push_back(Param); 5525 } 5526 } else { 5527 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5528 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5529 } 5530 5531 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5532 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5533 5534 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 5535 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 5536 // 5537 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 5538 // 5539 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 5540 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 5541 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 5542 5543 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5544 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5545 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5546 5547 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5548 // because all functions have linkage. 5549 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5550 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5551 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5552 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5553 } 5554 5555 // Handle attributes. 5556 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5557 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5558 5559 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5560 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5561 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5562 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5563 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5564 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5565 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5566 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5567 } 5568 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5569 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5570 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5571 } else { 5572 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5573 // argument list into our AST format. 5574 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5575 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5576 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5577 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5578 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5579 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5580 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5581 TemplateArgs); 5582 5583 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5584 5585 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5586 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5587 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5588 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5589 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5590 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5591 5592 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5593 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5594 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5595 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5596 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5597 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5598 // too few of them). 5599 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5600 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5601 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5602 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5603 "template<> "); 5604 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5605 } else { 5606 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5607 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5608 } 5609 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5610 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5611 // wrote something like: 5612 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5613 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5614 // friend void foo<>(int); 5615 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5616 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5617 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5618 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5619 } 5620 5621 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5622 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5623 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5624 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5625 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5626 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5627 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5628 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5629 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5630 InstantiationDependent))) { 5631 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5632 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5633 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5634 Previous)) 5635 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5636 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5637 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5638 && !isFriend) { 5639 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5640 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 5641 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5642 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5643 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5644 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5645 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5646 Previous)) 5647 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5648 5649 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5650 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5651 // specialization (14.7.3) 5652 if (SC != SC_None) { 5653 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5654 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5655 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5656 << SC 5657 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5658 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5659 5660 else 5661 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5662 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5663 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5664 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5665 } 5666 5667 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5668 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5669 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5670 } 5671 5672 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5673 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5674 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5675 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5676 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5677 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5678 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5679 } else { 5680 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5681 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5682 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5683 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5684 } 5685 } 5686 5687 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5688 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5689 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5690 5691 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5692 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5693 : NewFD); 5694 5695 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5696 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5697 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5698 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 5699 5700 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5701 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5702 5703 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5704 } 5705 5706 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5707 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5708 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5709 5710 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5711 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5712 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5713 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5714 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 5715 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5716 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5717 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5718 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5719 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5720 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5721 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5722 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5723 DC->isDependentContext()) 5724 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5725 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5726 } 5727 5728 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5729 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5730 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5731 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5732 AddToScope }; 5733 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5734 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5735 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5736 5737 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5738 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5739 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5740 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5741 5742 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5743 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5744 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5745 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5746 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5747 // can actually do this check immediately. 5748 if (isFriend && 5749 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5750 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5751 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5752 // ignore these 5753 } else { 5754 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5755 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5756 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5757 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5758 // 5759 // class X { 5760 // void f() const; 5761 // }; 5762 // 5763 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5764 // 5765 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5766 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5767 // whether the parameter types are references). 5768 5769 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5770 NewFD, 5771 ExtraArgs)) { 5772 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5773 return Result; 5774 } 5775 } 5776 5777 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5778 // to something. 5779 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5780 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5781 NewFD, 5782 ExtraArgs)) { 5783 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5784 return Result; 5785 } 5786 } 5787 5788 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5789 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5790 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5791 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5792 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5793 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 5794 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 5795 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 5796 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 5797 // generate them. 5798 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 5799 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5800 } 5801 } 5802 5803 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 5804 5805 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 5806 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5807 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5808 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 5809 << NewFD; 5810 5811 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 5812 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5813 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5814 EPI.Variadic = true; 5815 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 5816 5817 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 5818 NewFD->setType(R); 5819 } 5820 5821 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 5822 // member, set the visibility of this function. 5823 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 5824 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 5825 5826 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 5827 // marking the function. 5828 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 5829 5830 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 5831 // map of such names. 5832 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 5833 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5834 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 5835 5836 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 5837 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 5838 5839 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5840 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5841 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5842 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5843 return FunctionTemplate; 5844 } 5845 } 5846 5847 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 5848 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5849 && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>() 5850 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 5851 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 5852 D.setInvalidType(); 5853 } 5854 5855 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 5856 5857 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 5858 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 5859 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5860 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5861 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 5862 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 5863 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 5864 5865 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 5866 } 5867 } 5868 5869 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 5870 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 5871 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 5872 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5873 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 5874 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 5875 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 5876 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 5877 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 5878 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 5879 AddToScope = false; 5880 } 5881 5882 return NewFD; 5883} 5884 5885/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 5886/// 5887/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 5888/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 5889/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 5890/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 5891/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 5892/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 5893/// via InstantiateDecl). 5894/// 5895/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 5896/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 5897/// 5898/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 5899/// 5900/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 5901bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5902 LookupResult &Previous, 5903 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 5904 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 5905 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 5906 5907 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 5908 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 5909 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 5910 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 5911 // declaration with the same name. 5912 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5913 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 5914 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 5915 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5916 } 5917 5918 bool Redeclaration = false; 5919 5920 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 5921 // the same name, if appropriate. 5922 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5923 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 5924 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 5925 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 5926 // function to the scope. 5927 5928 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 5929 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 5930 Redeclaration = true; 5931 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 5932 } else { 5933 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 5934 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 5935 case Ovl_Match: 5936 Redeclaration = true; 5937 break; 5938 5939 case Ovl_NonFunction: 5940 Redeclaration = true; 5941 break; 5942 5943 case Ovl_Overload: 5944 Redeclaration = false; 5945 break; 5946 } 5947 5948 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 5949 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 5950 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 5951 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 5952 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 5953 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 5954 if (Redeclaration) 5955 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 5956 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5957 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 5958 if (OverloadedDecl) 5959 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 5960 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 5961 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 5962 Context)); 5963 } 5964 } 5965 5966 if (Redeclaration) { 5967 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 5968 // merged. 5969 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 5970 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5971 return Redeclaration; 5972 } 5973 5974 Previous.clear(); 5975 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 5976 5977 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 5978 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5979 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 5980 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 5981 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 5982 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 5983 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 5984 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 5985 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5986 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5987 } 5988 5989 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 5990 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 5991 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 5992 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 5993 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 5994 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 5995 } 5996 5997 } else { 5998 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 5999 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 6000 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6001 } 6002 } 6003 } 6004 6005 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6006 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6007 // C++-specific checks. 6008 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6009 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6010 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6011 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6012 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6013 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6014 6015 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6016 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6017 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6018 DeclarationName Name 6019 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6020 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6021 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6022 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6023 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6024 return Redeclaration; 6025 } 6026 } 6027 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6028 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6029 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6030 } 6031 6032 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6033 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6034 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6035 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6036 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6037 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6038 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6039 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 6040 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6041 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 6042 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 6043 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 6044 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 6045 ++Overridden) { 6046 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 6047 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6048 } 6049 } 6050 } 6051 } 6052 6053 if (Method->isStatic()) 6054 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6055 } 6056 6057 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6058 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6059 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6060 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6061 return Redeclaration; 6062 } 6063 6064 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6065 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6066 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6067 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6068 return Redeclaration; 6069 } 6070 6071 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6072 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6073 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6074 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6075 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6076 6077 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6078 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6079 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6080 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6081 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6082 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6083 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6084 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6085 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6086 } 6087 } 6088 6089 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6090 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6091 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6092 if (NewFD->isExternC()) { 6093 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6094 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6095 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6096 << NewFD << R; 6097 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6098 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6099 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6100 } 6101 } 6102 return Redeclaration; 6103} 6104 6105void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6106 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6107 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6108 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 6109 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 6110 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6111 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6112 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6113 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6114 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6115 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6116 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6117 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6118 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6119 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6120 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6121 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6122 } 6123 6124 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6125 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6126 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6127 6128 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6129 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6130 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6131 // set the flag which tells us that. 6132 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6133 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6134 6135 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6136 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6137 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6138 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6139 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6140 6141 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6142 } else { 6143 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6144 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6145 } 6146 6147 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6148 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6149 6150 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6151 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6152 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6153 6154 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6155 6156 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6157 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6158 // getting shifty. 6159 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6160 HasExtraParameters = false; 6161 6162 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6163 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6164 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6165 nparams = 3; 6166 } 6167 6168 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6169 // if we had some location information about types. 6170 6171 QualType CharPP = 6172 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6173 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6174 6175 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6176 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6177 6178 bool mismatch = true; 6179 6180 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6181 mismatch = false; 6182 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6183 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6184 // char const ** 6185 // char const * const * 6186 // char * const * 6187 6188 QualifierCollector qs; 6189 const PointerType* PT; 6190 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6191 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6192 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 6193 qs.removeConst(); 6194 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6195 } 6196 } 6197 6198 if (mismatch) { 6199 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6200 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6201 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6202 } 6203 } 6204 6205 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6206 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6207 } 6208 6209 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6210 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6211 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6212 } 6213} 6214 6215bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6216 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6217 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6218 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6219 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6220 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6221 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6222 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6223 // rules there don't matter.) 6224 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6225 return false; 6226 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6227 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6228 return true; 6229} 6230 6231namespace { 6232 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6233 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6234 class SelfReferenceChecker 6235 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6236 Sema &S; 6237 Decl *OrigDecl; 6238 bool isRecordType; 6239 bool isPODType; 6240 bool isReferenceType; 6241 6242 public: 6243 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6244 6245 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6246 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6247 isPODType = false; 6248 isRecordType = false; 6249 isReferenceType = false; 6250 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6251 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6252 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6253 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 6254 } 6255 } 6256 6257 // Sometimes, the expression passed in lacks the casts that are used 6258 // to determine which DeclRefExpr's to check. Assume that the casts 6259 // are present and continue visiting the expression. 6260 void HandleExpr(Expr *E) { 6261 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 6262 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 6263 if (isRecordType || isReferenceType) 6264 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6265 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6266 6267 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6268 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6269 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6270 } 6271 6272 Visit(E); 6273 } 6274 6275 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6276 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6277 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6278 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6279 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6280 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6281 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6282 return; 6283 } 6284 6285 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6286 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6287 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6288 } 6289 } 6290 6291 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6292 if ((!isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) || 6293 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6294 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6295 6296 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6297 } 6298 6299 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6300 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6301 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6302 6303 ValueDecl *VD = E->getMemberDecl(); 6304 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD); 6305 if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || (MD && !MD->isStatic())) 6306 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE 6307 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { 6308 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6309 return; 6310 } 6311 6312 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E); 6313 } 6314 6315 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6316 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6317 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && isPODType && 6318 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) return; 6319 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6320 } 6321 6322 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 6323 6324 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6325 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6326 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6327 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6328 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 6329 unsigned diag = isReferenceType 6330 ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init 6331 : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 6332 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6333 S.PDiag(diag) 6334 << Result.getLookupName() 6335 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6336 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6337 } 6338 }; 6339} 6340 6341/// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6342void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) { 6343 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).HandleExpr(E); 6344} 6345 6346/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6347/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6348/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6349void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6350 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6351 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6352 // the initializer. 6353 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6354 return; 6355 6356 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6357 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6358 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6359 // Thus this grotesque test. 6360 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6361 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6362 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6363 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6364 else { 6365 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6366 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6367 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6368 } 6369 return; 6370 } 6371 6372 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6373 if (!VDecl) { 6374 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6375 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6376 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6377 return; 6378 } 6379 6380 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 6381 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 6382 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 6383 // Record types initialized by initializer list are handled here. 6384 // Initialization by constructors are handled in TryConstructorInitialization. 6385 if ((!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) && 6386 (isa<InitListExpr>(Init) || !VDecl->getType()->isRecordType())) 6387 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 6388 6389 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6390 6391 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6392 AutoType *Auto = 0; 6393 if (TypeMayContainAuto && 6394 (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && 6395 !Auto->isDeduced()) { 6396 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6397 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6398 // contains exactly one expression. 6399 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6400 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6401 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6402 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6403 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 6404 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6405 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6406 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6407 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6408 return; 6409 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6410 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 6411 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6412 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6413 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6414 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6415 return; 6416 } else { 6417 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6418 } 6419 } 6420 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6421 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6422 DAR_Failed) 6423 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6424 if (!DeducedType) { 6425 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6426 return; 6427 } 6428 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6429 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6430 VDecl->ClearLinkageCache(); 6431 6432 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6433 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6434 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6435 6436 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 6437 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 6438 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 6439 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 6440 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6441 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 6442 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6443 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 6444 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 6445 } 6446 6447 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6448 // the previously declared type. 6449 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6450 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6451 } 6452 6453 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6454 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6455 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6456 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6457 return; 6458 } 6459 6460 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6461 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6462 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6463 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6464 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6465 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6466 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6467 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6468 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6469 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6470 return; 6471 } 6472 6473 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6474 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6475 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6476 AbstractVariableType)) 6477 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6478 } 6479 6480 const VarDecl *Def; 6481 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6482 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6483 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6484 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6485 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6486 return; 6487 } 6488 6489 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6490 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6491 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6492 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6493 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6494 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6495 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6496 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6497 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6498 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6499 // 6500 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6501 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6502 // declaration with an initializer. 6503 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6504 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6505 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6506 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6507 return; 6508 } 6509 6510 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6511 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6512 6513 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6514 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6515 return; 6516 } 6517 } 6518 6519 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6520 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6521 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6522 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6523 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6524 return; 6525 } 6526 6527 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6528 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6529 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6530 6531 // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 6532 // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type. 6533 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType()) 6534 if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) { 6535 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 6536 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6537 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6538 return; 6539 } 6540 Init = Result.take(); 6541 } 6542 6543 // Perform the initialization. 6544 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6545 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6546 InitializationKind Kind 6547 = DirectInit ? 6548 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6549 Init->getLocStart(), 6550 Init->getLocEnd()) 6551 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 6552 VDecl->getLocation()) 6553 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6554 Init->getLocStart()); 6555 6556 Expr **Args = &Init; 6557 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 6558 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6559 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 6560 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 6561 } 6562 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 6563 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6564 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 6565 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6566 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6567 return; 6568 } 6569 6570 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6571 } 6572 6573 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6574 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6575 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6576 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6577 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 6578 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6579 6580 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6581 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6582 6583 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6584 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6585 6586 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6587 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6588 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6589 6590 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6591 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6592 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6593 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6594 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6595 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6596 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6597 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6598 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6599 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6600 // 6601 // struct S { 6602 // static const int value = 17; 6603 // }; 6604 6605 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6606 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6607 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6608 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6609 // 6610 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6611 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6612 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6613 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6614 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6615 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6616 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6617 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6618 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6619 6620 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6621 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6622 6623 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6624 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 6625 // type. 6626 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6627 6628 // Require constness. 6629 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6630 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6631 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6632 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6633 6634 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6635 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6636 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6637 SourceLocation Loc; 6638 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6639 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6640 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6641 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6642 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6643 ; // Nothing to check. 6644 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6645 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6646 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6647 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6648 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6649 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6650 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6651 } else { 6652 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6653 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6654 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6655 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6656 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6657 } 6658 6659 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6660 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6661 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6662 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6663 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 6664 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6665 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6666 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6667 6668 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6669 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6670 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6671 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6672 } 6673 6674 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6675 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6676 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6677 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6678 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6679 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6680 6681 } else { 6682 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6683 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6684 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6685 } 6686 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6687 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6688 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 6689 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6690 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6691 6692 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6693 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6694 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6695 } 6696 6697 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 6698 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 6699 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 6700 // 6701 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 6702 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 6703 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 6704 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 6705 // special case code. 6706 6707 // C++ 8.5p11: 6708 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 6709 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 6710 // class type. 6711 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6712 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 6713 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6714 } else if (DirectInit) { 6715 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 6716 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 6717 } 6718 6719 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 6720} 6721 6722/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 6723/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 6724/// of sanity. 6725void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 6726 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 6727 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 6728 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6729 6730 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6731 if (!VD) return; 6732 6733 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 6734 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 6735 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6736 return; 6737 } 6738 6739 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 6740 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 6741 6742 // Require a complete type. 6743 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 6744 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 6745 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6746 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6747 return; 6748 } 6749 6750 // Require an abstract type. 6751 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 6752 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6753 AbstractVariableType)) { 6754 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6755 return; 6756 } 6757 6758 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 6759 // though. 6760} 6761 6762void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 6763 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6764 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 6765 if (RealDecl == 0) 6766 return; 6767 6768 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6769 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6770 6771 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 6772 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 6773 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 6774 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 6775 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6776 return; 6777 } 6778 6779 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 6780 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 6781 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 6782 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 6783 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 6784 // member. 6785 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6786 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 6787 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6788 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 6789 << Var->getDeclName(); 6790 else 6791 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 6792 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6793 return; 6794 } 6795 6796 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6797 case VarDecl::Definition: 6798 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 6799 break; 6800 6801 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 6802 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 6803 // a declaration. 6804 // 6805 // Fall through 6806 6807 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 6808 // It's only a declaration. 6809 6810 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 6811 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 6812 // object shall be complete. 6813 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 6814 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6815 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6816 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 6817 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6818 6819 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 6820 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6821 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6822 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6823 AbstractVariableType)) 6824 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6825 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6826 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 6827 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 6828 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 6829 } 6830 6831 return; 6832 6833 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 6834 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 6835 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 6836 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 6837 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 6838 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 6839 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 6840 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 6841 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 6842 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6843 ArrayT->getElementType(), 6844 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 6845 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6846 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6847 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 6848 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 6849 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 6850 // NOTE: code such as the following 6851 // static struct s; 6852 // struct s { int a; }; 6853 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 6854 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 6855 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 6856 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 6857 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6858 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 6859 } 6860 } 6861 6862 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 6863 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6864 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 6865 return; 6866 } 6867 6868 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6869 // definitions with incomplete array type. 6870 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 6871 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6872 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 6873 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6874 return; 6875 } 6876 6877 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6878 // definitions with reference type. 6879 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 6880 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 6881 << Var->getDeclName() 6882 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 6883 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6884 return; 6885 } 6886 6887 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 6888 // variable with dependent type. 6889 if (Type->isDependentType()) 6890 return; 6891 6892 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6893 return; 6894 6895 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6896 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 6897 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6898 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6899 return; 6900 } 6901 6902 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6903 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6904 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6905 AbstractVariableType)) { 6906 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6907 return; 6908 } 6909 6910 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 6911 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 6912 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 6913 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 6914 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 6915 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 6916 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 6917 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 6918 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 6919 // types and is declared without an initializer. 6920 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6921 if (const RecordType *Record 6922 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6923 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 6924 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 6925 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 6926 // incompatibilities with C++98. 6927 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 6928 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6929 } 6930 } 6931 6932 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 6933 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 6934 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 6935 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 6936 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 6937 // type shall have a user-declared default 6938 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 6939 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 6940 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 6941 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 6942 // program is ill-formed. 6943 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 6944 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 6945 // default-initialized; [...]. 6946 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 6947 InitializationKind Kind 6948 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 6949 6950 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 6951 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 6952 if (Init.isInvalid()) 6953 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6954 else if (Init.get()) { 6955 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 6956 // This is important for template substitution. 6957 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6958 } 6959 6960 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 6961 } 6962} 6963 6964void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 6965 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6966 if (!VD) { 6967 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 6968 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6969 return; 6970 } 6971 6972 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 6973 6974 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 6975 int Error = -1; 6976 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 6977 case SC_None: 6978 break; 6979 case SC_Extern: 6980 Error = 0; 6981 break; 6982 case SC_Static: 6983 Error = 1; 6984 break; 6985 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6986 Error = 2; 6987 break; 6988 case SC_Auto: 6989 Error = 3; 6990 break; 6991 case SC_Register: 6992 Error = 4; 6993 break; 6994 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 6995 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 6996 } 6997 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 6998 Error = 5; 6999 if (Error != -1) { 7000 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7001 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7002 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7003 } 7004} 7005 7006void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7007 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7008 7009 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7010 // local retaining variable. 7011 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7012 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7013 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 7014 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 7015 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 7016 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 7017 break; 7018 7019 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 7020 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 7021 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7022 break; 7023 } 7024 } 7025 7026 // All the following checks are C++ only. 7027 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 7028 7029 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 7030 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 7031 7032 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 7033 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7034 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 7035 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 7036 7037 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 7038 // constructing this copy. 7039 QualType type = var->getType(); 7040 7041 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 7042 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 7043 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 7044 ExprResult result = 7045 PerformCopyInitialization( 7046 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 7047 poi, Owned(varRef)); 7048 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 7049 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 7050 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7051 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 7052 } 7053 } 7054 } 7055 7056 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 7057 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 7058 7059 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) { 7060 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 7061 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 7062 var->getLocation()) 7063 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 7064 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 7065 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 7066 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7067 7068 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 7069 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 7070 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 7071 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 7072 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 7073 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7074 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7075 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7076 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7077 Notes.clear(); 7078 } 7079 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7080 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7081 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7082 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7083 } 7084 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7085 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7086 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7087 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7088 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7089 } 7090 } 7091 7092 // Require the destructor. 7093 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7094 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7095} 7096 7097/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7098/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7099void 7100Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7101 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7102 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7103 7104 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 7105 // tag values. 7106 if (ThisDecl && ThisDecl->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 7107 const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 7108 if (VD && VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7109 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 7110 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 7111 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 7112 I != E; ++I) { 7113 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 7114 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 7115 continue; 7116 } 7117 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 7118 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 7119 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7120 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 7121 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7122 continue; 7123 } 7124 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 7125 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7126 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 7127 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7128 continue; 7129 } 7130 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 7131 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 7132 MagicValue, 7133 I->getMatchingCType(), 7134 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 7135 I->getMustBeNull()); 7136 } 7137 } 7138 } 7139} 7140 7141Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7142Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7143 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7144 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7145 7146 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7147 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7148 7149 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7150 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7151 Decls.push_back(D); 7152 7153 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7154 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7155} 7156 7157/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7158/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7159Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7160Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7161 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7162 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7163 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7164 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7165 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7166 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7167 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7168 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7169 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7170 QualType Deduced; 7171 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7172 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7173 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7174 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7175 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7176 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7177 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7178 break; 7179 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7180 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7181 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7182 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7183 Deduced = U; 7184 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7185 DeducedDecl = D; 7186 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7187 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7188 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7189 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7190 << U << D->getDeclName() 7191 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7192 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 7193 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7194 break; 7195 } 7196 } 7197 } 7198 } 7199 } 7200 7201 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 7202 7203 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 7204} 7205 7206void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 7207 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 7208} 7209 7210void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7211 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 7212 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 7213 return; 7214 7215 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 7216 Group[0]->getLocation()) 7217 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7218 return; 7219 7220 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 7221 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 7222 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 7223 // additional declaration references: 7224 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 7225 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 7226 // 'struct S *pS;' 7227 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 7228 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 7229 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 7230 Group++; 7231 NumDecls--; 7232 } 7233 } 7234 7235 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 7236 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 7237 if (!Comments.empty() && 7238 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 7239 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 7240 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 7241 // 7242 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 7243 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 7244 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 7245 // ahead through comments. 7246 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7247 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i]); 7248 } 7249} 7250 7251/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 7252/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 7253Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 7254 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 7255 7256 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 7257 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 7258 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 7259 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 7260 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 7261 StorageClass = SC_Register; 7262 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 7263 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7264 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 7265 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 7266 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 7267 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 7268 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7269 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 7270 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7271 } 7272 7273 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7274 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7275 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 7276 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 7277 << 0; 7278 7279 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7280 7281 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7282 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 7283 7284 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7285 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 7286 // parameter. 7287 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7288 7289 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7290 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7291 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 7292 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7293 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 7294 } 7295 } 7296 7297 // Ensure we have a valid name 7298 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 7299 if (D.hasName()) { 7300 II = D.getIdentifier(); 7301 if (!II) { 7302 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 7303 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 7304 D.setInvalidType(true); 7305 } 7306 } 7307 7308 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 7309 if (II) { 7310 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 7311 ForRedeclaration); 7312 LookupName(R, S); 7313 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 7314 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7315 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7316 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7317 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7318 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7319 PrevDecl = 0; 7320 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 7321 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 7322 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7323 7324 // Recover by removing the name 7325 II = 0; 7326 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7327 D.setInvalidType(true); 7328 } 7329 } 7330 } 7331 7332 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 7333 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 7334 // looking like class members in C++. 7335 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 7336 D.getLocStart(), 7337 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 7338 parmDeclType, TInfo, 7339 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 7340 7341 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7342 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7343 7344 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 7345 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 7346 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 7347 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 7348 7349 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 7350 S->AddDecl(New); 7351 if (II) 7352 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 7353 7354 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 7355 7356 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7357 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7358 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 7359 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7360 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7361 7362 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7363 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7364 } 7365 return New; 7366} 7367 7368/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 7369/// typedef. 7370ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 7371 SourceLocation Loc, 7372 QualType T) { 7373 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 7374 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 7375 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 7376 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 7377 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 7378 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 7379 Param->setImplicit(); 7380 return Param; 7381} 7382 7383void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7384 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 7385 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 7386 // will already have done so in the template itself. 7387 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7388 return; 7389 7390 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7391 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 7392 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 7393 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 7394 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 7395 } 7396 } 7397} 7398 7399void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7400 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 7401 QualType ReturnTy, 7402 NamedDecl *D) { 7403 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 7404 return; 7405 7406 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7407 // threshold. 7408 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 7409 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 7410 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7411 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 7412 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 7413 } 7414 7415 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7416 // threshold. 7417 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7418 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 7419 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 7420 continue; 7421 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 7422 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7423 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 7424 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 7425 } 7426} 7427 7428ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7429 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 7430 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 7431 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 7432 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 7433 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 7434 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7435 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 7436 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 7437 7438 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 7439 7440 // Special cases for arrays: 7441 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 7442 // - otherwise, it's an error 7443 if (T->isArrayType()) { 7444 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7445 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 7446 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 7447 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 7448 } 7449 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 7450 } else { 7451 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 7452 } 7453 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 7454 } 7455 7456 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 7457 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 7458 TSInfo, 7459 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 7460 0); 7461 7462 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 7463 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7464 // the class has been completely parsed. 7465 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 7466 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7467 AbstractParamType)) 7468 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7469 7470 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 7471 // passed by reference. 7472 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7473 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 7474 Diag(NameLoc, 7475 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 7476 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 7477 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7478 New->setType(T); 7479 } 7480 7481 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 7482 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 7483 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 7484 // an address space. 7485 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7486 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 7487 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7488 } 7489 7490 return New; 7491} 7492 7493void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 7494 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 7495 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7496 7497 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 7498 // for a K&R function. 7499 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 7500 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 7501 --i; 7502 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 7503 SmallString<256> Code; 7504 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 7505 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 7506 << ";\n"; 7507 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 7508 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 7509 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 7510 7511 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 7512 // type. 7513 AttributeFactory attrs; 7514 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 7515 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 7516 unsigned DiagID; // unused 7517 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 7518 PrevSpec, DiagID); 7519 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 7520 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7521 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 7522 } 7523 } 7524 } 7525} 7526 7527Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 7528 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 7529 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 7530 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 7531 7532 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 7533 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 7534 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 7535} 7536 7537static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7538 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 7539 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7540 return false; 7541 7542 // Or declarations that aren't global. 7543 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 7544 return false; 7545 7546 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 7547 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 7548 return false; 7549 7550 // Don't warn about 'main'. 7551 if (FD->isMain()) 7552 return false; 7553 7554 // Don't warn about inline functions. 7555 if (FD->isInlined()) 7556 return false; 7557 7558 // Don't warn about function templates. 7559 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7560 return false; 7561 7562 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 7563 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 7564 return false; 7565 7566 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 7567 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 7568 return false; 7569 7570 bool MissingPrototype = true; 7571 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 7572 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 7573 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 7574 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 7575 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7576 continue; 7577 7578 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 7579 break; 7580 } 7581 7582 return MissingPrototype; 7583} 7584 7585void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7586 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 7587 // was an extern inline function. 7588 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 7589 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 7590 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 7591 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 7592 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 7593 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 7594 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 7595 else 7596 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 7597 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7598 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7599 } 7600} 7601 7602Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 7603 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 7604 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 7605 7606 if (!D) 7607 return D; 7608 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7609 7610 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 7611 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7612 else 7613 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 7614 7615 // Enter a new function scope 7616 PushFunctionScope(); 7617 7618 // See if this is a redefinition. 7619 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7620 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7621 7622 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7623 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7624 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7625 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7626 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7627 } 7628 } 7629 7630 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7631 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7632 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7633 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7634 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7635 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7636 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7637 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7638 7639 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7640 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7641 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7642 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7643 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7644 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 7645 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7646 7647 if (FnBodyScope) 7648 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7649 7650 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7651 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7652 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7653 7654 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7655 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7656 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7657 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7658 7659 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7660 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7661 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7662 7663 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7664 } 7665 } 7666 7667 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 7668 // introduce them into the function scope. 7669 if (FnBodyScope) { 7670 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 7671 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 7672 NamedDecl *D = *I; 7673 7674 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 7675 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 7676 // and reattach to the current context. 7677 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 7678 // Is the decl actually in the context? 7679 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 7680 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 7681 if (*DI == D) { 7682 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 7683 break; 7684 } 7685 } 7686 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 7687 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7688 } 7689 7690 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 7691 if (!D->getName().empty()) 7692 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7693 7694 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 7695 // accessible in this scope. 7696 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 7697 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 7698 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 7699 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7700 } 7701 } 7702 } 7703 7704 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 7705 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 7706 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 7707 7708 // Checking attributes of current function definition 7709 // dllimport attribute. 7710 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 7711 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 7712 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 7713 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 7714 if (!DA->isInherited() && 7715 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 7716 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7717 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 7718 << "dllimport"; 7719 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7720 return FD; 7721 } 7722 7723 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 7724 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 7725 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 7726 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 7727 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 7728 // emitted. 7729 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7730 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 7731 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 7732 } 7733 } 7734 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 7735 // a function template). 7736 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 7737 return FD; 7738} 7739 7740/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 7741/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 7742/// optimization. 7743/// 7744/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 7745/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 7746/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 7747/// use the named return value optimization. 7748/// 7749/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 7750/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 7751/// the NRVO variable. 7752/// 7753/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 7754/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 7755/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 7756void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 7757 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 7758 7759 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 7760 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 7761 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7762 return; 7763 7764 if (!NRVOCandidate) 7765 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 7766 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7767 return; 7768 } 7769 7770 if (NRVOCandidate) 7771 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 7772} 7773 7774Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 7775 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 7776} 7777 7778Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 7779 bool IsInstantiation) { 7780 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7781 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 7782 if (FunTmpl) 7783 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7784 else 7785 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 7786 7787 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 7788 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 7789 7790 if (FD) { 7791 FD->setBody(Body); 7792 7793 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 7794 // don't complain about missing return statements. 7795 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 7796 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 7797 7798 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 7799 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 7800 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 7801 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 7802 7803 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7804 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 7805 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7806 FD->getResultType(), FD); 7807 7808 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 7809 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 7810 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 7811 7812 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 7813 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 7814 // to deduce an implicit return type. 7815 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 7816 !FD->isDependentContext()) 7817 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7818 } 7819 7820 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 7821 "Function parsing confused"); 7822 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 7823 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 7824 MD->setBody(Body); 7825 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7826 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 7827 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 7828 MD->getResultType(), MD); 7829 7830 if (Body) 7831 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7832 } 7833 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) { 7834 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc); 7835 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false; 7836 } 7837 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) { 7838 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize); 7839 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false; 7840 } 7841 } else { 7842 return 0; 7843 } 7844 7845 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && 7846 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 7847 "handled in the block above."); 7848 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && 7849 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 7850 "handled in the block above."); 7851 7852 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 7853 if (Body) { 7854 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 7855 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 7856 // Verify this. 7857 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 7858 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 7859 7860 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 7861 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 7862 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 7863 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 7864 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 7865 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 7866 7867 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 7868 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 7869 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 7870 7871 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 7872 Destructor->getParent()); 7873 } 7874 7875 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7876 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7877 // deletion in some later function. 7878 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 7879 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 7880 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7881 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 7882 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 7883 // enabled. 7884 ActivePolicy = &WP; 7885 } 7886 7887 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7888 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 7889 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 7890 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7891 7892 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 7893 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 7894 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 7895 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 7896 } 7897 7898 if (!IsInstantiation) 7899 PopDeclContext(); 7900 7901 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 7902 7903 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7904 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7905 // deletion in some later function. 7906 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 7907 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7908 } 7909 7910 return dcl; 7911} 7912 7913 7914/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 7915/// relevant Decl. 7916void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 7917 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 7918 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 7919 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 7920 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 7921 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 7922 7923 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 7924 if (Method->isStatic()) 7925 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 7926} 7927 7928 7929/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 7930/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 7931NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 7932 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 7933 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 7934 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 7935 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 7936 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 7937 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 7938 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 7939 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 7940 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 7941 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7942 return Pos->second; 7943 } 7944 7945 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 7946 unsigned diag_id; 7947 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7948 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 7949 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 7950 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 7951 else 7952 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 7953 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 7954 7955 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 7956 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 7957 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 7958 TypoCorrection Corrected; 7959 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 7960 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 7961 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 7962 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 7963 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 7964 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 7965 7966 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 7967 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 7968 7969 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 7970 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7971 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 7972 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 7973 } 7974 } 7975 7976 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 7977 const char *Dummy; 7978 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 7979 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 7980 unsigned DiagID; 7981 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 7982 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 7983 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 7984 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 7985 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, false, 7986 SourceLocation(), 0, 0, 0, true, 7987 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 7988 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 7989 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 7990 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 7991 DS.getAttributes(), 7992 SourceLocation()); 7993 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 7994 7995 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 7996 7997 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 7998 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7999 8000 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 8001 FD->setImplicit(); 8002 8003 CurContext = PrevDC; 8004 8005 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 8006 8007 return FD; 8008} 8009 8010/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 8011/// the declaration of this function. 8012/// 8013/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 8014/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 8015/// like NSLog or printf. 8016/// 8017/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 8018/// attributes are applied to declarations. 8019void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8020 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8021 return; 8022 8023 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 8024 // actual attributes. 8025 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8026 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 8027 unsigned FormatIdx; 8028 bool HasVAListArg; 8029 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 8030 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 8031 const char *fmt = "printf"; 8032 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 8033 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 8034 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8035 fmt = "NSString"; 8036 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8037 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 8038 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8039 } 8040 } 8041 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 8042 HasVAListArg)) { 8043 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8044 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8045 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 8046 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8047 } 8048 8049 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 8050 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 8051 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 8052 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 8053 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 8054 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8055 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8056 } 8057 8058 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 8059 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 8060 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8061 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 8062 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8063 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8064 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8065 } 8066 8067 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 8068 if (!Name) 8069 return; 8070 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8071 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 8072 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 8073 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 8074 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 8075 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 8076 // about. 8077 } else 8078 return; 8079 8080 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 8081 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 8082 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 8083 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8084 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8085 "printf", 2, 8086 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 8087 } 8088 8089 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 8090 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 8091 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 8092 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 8093 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 8094 } 8095} 8096 8097TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 8098 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 8099 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 8100 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 8101 8102 if (!TInfo) { 8103 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 8104 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 8105 } 8106 8107 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 8108 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8109 D.getLocStart(), 8110 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8111 D.getIdentifier(), 8112 TInfo); 8113 8114 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 8115 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 8116 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 8117 return NewTD; 8118 } 8119 8120 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8121 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8122 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8123 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 8124 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8125 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8126 else 8127 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 8128 } 8129 8130 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 8131 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 8132 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 8133 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 8134 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 8135 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 8136 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 8137 case TST_enum: 8138 case TST_struct: 8139 case TST_interface: 8140 case TST_union: 8141 case TST_class: { 8142 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 8143 8144 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 8145 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 8146 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 8147 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 8148 8149 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 8150 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 8151 8152 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 8153 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 8154 break; 8155 8156 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 8157 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 8158 break; 8159 } 8160 8161 default: 8162 break; 8163 } 8164 8165 return NewTD; 8166} 8167 8168 8169/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 8170bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 8171 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8172 QualType T = TI->getType(); 8173 8174 if (T->isDependentType() || T->isIntegralType(Context)) 8175 return false; 8176 8177 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 8178 return true; 8179} 8180 8181/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 8182/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 8183bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 8184 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 8185 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 8186 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 8187 8188 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 8189 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8190 << Prev->isScoped(); 8191 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8192 return true; 8193 } 8194 8195 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 8196 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 8197 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 8198 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 8199 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 8200 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8201 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 8202 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8203 return true; 8204 } 8205 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 8206 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8207 << Prev->isFixed(); 8208 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8209 return true; 8210 } 8211 8212 return false; 8213} 8214 8215/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 8216/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 8217/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 8218/// 8219/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 8220static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 8221{ 8222 switch (Tag) { 8223 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 8224 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 8225 case TTK_Class: return 2; 8226 default: assert("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 8227 } 8228 return -1; 8229} 8230 8231/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 8232/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 8233/// 8234/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 8235static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 8236{ 8237 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 8238} 8239 8240/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 8241/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 8242/// 8243/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 8244bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 8245 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 8246 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 8247 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 8248 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 8249 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 8250 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 8251 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 8252 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 8253 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 8254 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 8255 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 8256 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 8257 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 8258 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 8259 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 8260 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 8261 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 8262 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 8263 if (OldTag == NewTag) 8264 return true; 8265 8266 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 8267 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 8268 bool isTemplate = false; 8269 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 8270 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 8271 8272 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8273 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 8274 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 8275 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8276 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8277 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8278 return true; 8279 } 8280 8281 if (isDefinition) { 8282 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 8283 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 8284 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8285 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 8286 return true; 8287 } 8288 8289 bool previousMismatch = false; 8290 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 8291 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 8292 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 8293 if (!previousMismatch) { 8294 previousMismatch = true; 8295 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 8296 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8297 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 8298 } 8299 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8300 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 8301 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 8302 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 8303 } 8304 } 8305 return true; 8306 } 8307 8308 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 8309 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 8310 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 8311 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 8312 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 8313 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 8314 return true; 8315 } 8316 8317 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8318 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8319 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8320 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8321 8322 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 8323 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8324 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8325 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 8326 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 8327 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 8328 } 8329 8330 return true; 8331 } 8332 return false; 8333} 8334 8335/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 8336/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 8337/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 8338/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 8339Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 8340 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 8341 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 8342 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 8343 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 8344 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 8345 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 8346 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 8347 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 8348 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 8349 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 8350 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 8351 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 8352 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 8353 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 8354 8355 OwnedDecl = false; 8356 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 8357 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 8358 8359 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 8360 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 8361 bool Invalid = false; 8362 8363 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 8364 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 8365 // for non-C++ cases. 8366 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 8367 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 8368 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 8369 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 8370 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 8371 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8372 TUK == TUK_Friend, 8373 isExplicitSpecialization, 8374 Invalid)) { 8375 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8376 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 8377 // be a member of another template). 8378 8379 if (Invalid) 8380 return 0; 8381 8382 OwnedDecl = false; 8383 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 8384 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 8385 TemplateParams, AS, 8386 ModulePrivateLoc, 8387 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 8388 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 8389 return Result.get(); 8390 } else { 8391 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 8392 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 8393 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 8394 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 8395 } 8396 } 8397 } 8398 8399 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 8400 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 8401 // redeclaration. 8402 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 8403 8404 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8405 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 8406 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 8407 // type, default to int. 8408 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8409 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 8410 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 8411 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 8412 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 8413 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 8414 EnumUnderlying = TI; 8415 8416 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 8417 // Recover by falling back to int. 8418 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8419 8420 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 8421 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 8422 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8423 8424 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8425 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 8426 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8427 } 8428 8429 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 8430 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 8431 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 8432 8433 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 8434 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 8435 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 8436 8437 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 8438 8439 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8440 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 8441 8442 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 8443 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 8444 Name = 0; 8445 goto CreateNewDecl; 8446 } 8447 8448 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 8449 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 8450 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8451 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 8452 if (!DC) { 8453 IsDependent = true; 8454 return 0; 8455 } 8456 } else { 8457 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 8458 if (!DC) { 8459 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 8460 << SS.getRange(); 8461 return 0; 8462 } 8463 } 8464 8465 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 8466 return 0; 8467 8468 SearchDC = DC; 8469 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 8470 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 8471 8472 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8473 return 0; 8474 8475 if (Previous.empty()) { 8476 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 8477 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 8478 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 8479 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 8480 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 8481 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 8482 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 8483 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8484 IsDependent = true; 8485 return 0; 8486 } 8487 8488 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 8489 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 8490 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 8491 Name = 0; 8492 Invalid = true; 8493 goto CreateNewDecl; 8494 } 8495 } else if (Name) { 8496 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 8497 // declaration or definition. 8498 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 8499 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 8500 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 8501 LookupName(Previous, S); 8502 8503 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 8504 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 8505 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 8506 while (F.hasNext()) { 8507 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 8508 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 8509 F.erase(); 8510 } 8511 F.done(); 8512 } 8513 8514 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 8515 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8516 return 0; 8517 8518 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 8519 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 8520 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 8521 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 8522 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 8523 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 8524 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8525 } 8526 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 8527 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 8528 // initial context to the translation unit. 8529 // FIXME: [citation needed] 8530 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8531 } 8532 8533 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 8534 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 8535 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8536 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8537 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8538 Previous.clear(); 8539 } 8540 8541 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 8542 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 8543 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 8544 isStdBadAlloc = true; 8545 8546 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 8547 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 8548 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 8549 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 8550 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 8551 } 8552 } 8553 8554 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 8555 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 8556 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 8557 // there's a shadow friend decl. 8558 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 8559 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8560 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 8561 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 8562 8563 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8564 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 8565 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 8566 // 8567 // class-key identifier 8568 // 8569 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 8570 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 8571 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 8572 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 8573 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 8574 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 8575 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 8576 // declaration. 8577 // 8578 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 8579 // C structs and unions. 8580 // 8581 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 8582 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 8583 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 8584 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 8585 // 8586 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 8587 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 8588 // 8589 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 8590 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 8591 // lexical context, 8592 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8593 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8594 8595 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 8596 while (S->isClassScope() || 8597 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8598 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8599 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8600 (S->getEntity() && 8601 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 8602 S = S->getParent(); 8603 } else { 8604 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 8605 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 8606 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 8607 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 8608 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 8609 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 8610 } 8611 8612 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 8613 // diagnose some problems. 8614 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8615 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 8616 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 8617 } 8618 } 8619 8620 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8621 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 8622 8623 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 8624 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 8625 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 8626 // in C++. 8627 // 8628 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 8629 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 8630 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 8631 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 8632 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8633 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8634 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 8635 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 8636 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 8637 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 8638 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 8639 PrevDecl = Tag; 8640 Previous.clear(); 8641 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 8642 Previous.resolveKind(); 8643 } 8644 } 8645 } 8646 } 8647 8648 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8649 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 8650 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 8651 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 8652 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 8653 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8654 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 8655 // struct or something similar. 8656 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 8657 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 8658 *Name)) { 8659 bool SafeToContinue 8660 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 8661 Kind != TTK_Enum); 8662 if (SafeToContinue) 8663 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 8664 << Name 8665 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 8666 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 8667 else 8668 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 8669 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8670 8671 if (SafeToContinue) 8672 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 8673 else { 8674 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 8675 Name = 0; 8676 Previous.clear(); 8677 Invalid = true; 8678 } 8679 } 8680 8681 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 8682 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 8683 8684 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 8685 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 8686 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8687 if (ScopedEnum) 8688 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 8689 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 8690 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 8691 return PrevTagDecl; 8692 } 8693 8694 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 8695 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8696 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 8697 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 8698 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 8699 8700 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 8701 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 8702 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 8703 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 8704 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 8705 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 8706 } 8707 8708 if (!Invalid) { 8709 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 8710 8711 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 8712 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 8713 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 8714 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 8715 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 8716 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 8717 return PrevTagDecl; 8718 8719 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 8720 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 8721 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 8722 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 8723 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 8724 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 8725 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 8726 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 8727 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 8728 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 8729 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 8730 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 8731 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 8732 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 8733 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 8734 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 8735 } 8736 8737 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 8738 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 8739 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 8740 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 8741 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 8742 else 8743 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 8744 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8745 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 8746 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 8747 // references get the previous definition. 8748 Name = 0; 8749 Previous.clear(); 8750 Invalid = true; 8751 } 8752 } else { 8753 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 8754 // about a nested redefinition. 8755 const TagType *Tag 8756 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 8757 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 8758 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 8759 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 8760 diag::note_previous_definition); 8761 Name = 0; 8762 Previous.clear(); 8763 Invalid = true; 8764 } 8765 } 8766 8767 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 8768 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 8769 } 8770 } 8771 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 8772 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 8773 8774 } else { 8775 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 8776 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 8777 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 8778 // have distinct types. 8779 Previous.clear(); 8780 } 8781 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 8782 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 8783 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 8784 8785 8786 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 8787 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 8788 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 8789 } else { 8790 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 8791 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 8792 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 8793 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 8794 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 8795 unsigned Kind = 0; 8796 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8797 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8798 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8799 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 8800 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 8801 Invalid = true; 8802 8803 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 8804 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 8805 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8806 // do nothing 8807 8808 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 8809 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8810 unsigned Kind = 0; 8811 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8812 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8813 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8814 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 8815 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8816 Invalid = true; 8817 8818 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 8819 // case here. 8820 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8821 unsigned Kind = 0; 8822 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8823 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 8824 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 8825 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8826 Invalid = true; 8827 8828 // Otherwise, diagnose. 8829 } else { 8830 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 8831 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 8832 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 8833 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8834 Name = 0; 8835 Invalid = true; 8836 } 8837 8838 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 8839 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 8840 Previous.clear(); 8841 } 8842 } 8843 8844CreateNewDecl: 8845 8846 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 8847 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 8848 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8849 8850 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 8851 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 8852 // keyword. 8853 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 8854 8855 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 8856 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 8857 // PrevDecl. 8858 TagDecl *New; 8859 8860 bool IsForwardReference = false; 8861 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8862 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8863 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 8864 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8865 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 8866 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 8867 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 8868 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 8869 TagDecl *Def; 8870 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 8871 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 8872 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 8873 } 8874 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 8875 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 8876 << New; 8877 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8878 } else { 8879 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 8880 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8881 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 8882 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 8883 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 8884 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 8885 8886 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 8887 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 8888 // the declaration context. 8889 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 8890 IsForwardReference = true; 8891 } 8892 } 8893 8894 if (EnumUnderlying) { 8895 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 8896 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8897 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 8898 else 8899 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 8900 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 8901 } 8902 8903 } else { 8904 // struct/union/class 8905 8906 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8907 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 8908 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8909 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 8910 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8911 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8912 8913 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 8914 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 8915 } else 8916 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8917 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8918 } 8919 8920 // Maybe add qualifier info. 8921 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8922 if (SS.isSet()) { 8923 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 8924 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 8925 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 8926 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 8927 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 8928 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 8929 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 8930 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 8931 Invalid = true; 8932 8933 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 8934 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 8935 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8936 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8937 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 8938 } 8939 } 8940 else 8941 Invalid = true; 8942 } 8943 8944 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 8945 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 8946 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 8947 // 8948 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 8949 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 8950 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 8951 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 8952 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 8953 // parsing of the struct). 8954 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 8955 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 8956 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 8957 } 8958 } 8959 8960 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 8961 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 8962 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8963 << 2 8964 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8965 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 8966 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 8967 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 8968 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8969 New->setModulePrivate(); 8970 } 8971 8972 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 8973 // check the specialization. 8974 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 8975 Invalid = true; 8976 8977 if (Invalid) 8978 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8979 8980 if (Attr) 8981 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8982 8983 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 8984 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 8985 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 8986 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 8987 8988 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 8989 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 8990 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8991 8992 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 8993 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 8994 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 8995 // the tag name visible. 8996 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 8997 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 8998 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 8999 9000 // Set the access specifier. 9001 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 9002 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 9003 9004 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 9005 New->startDefinition(); 9006 9007 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9008 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9009 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 9010 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 9011 if (PrevDecl) 9012 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 9013 9014 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9015 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9016 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 9017 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 9018 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 9019 } else if (Name) { 9020 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9021 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 9022 if (IsForwardReference) 9023 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9024 9025 } else { 9026 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9027 } 9028 9029 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 9030 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 9031 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 9032 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 9033 II->isStr("FILE")) 9034 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 9035 9036 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 9037 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 9038 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9039 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 9040 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 9041 9042 if (PrevDecl) 9043 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 9044 9045 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9046 // record. 9047 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 9048 9049 OwnedDecl = true; 9050 return New; 9051} 9052 9053void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9054 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9055 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9056 9057 // Enter the tag context. 9058 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 9059 9060 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 9061 9062 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9063 // record. 9064 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 9065} 9066 9067Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 9068 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 9069 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 9070 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 9071 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 9072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 9073 CurContext = OCD; 9074 return IDecl; 9075} 9076 9077void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9078 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 9079 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 9080 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9081 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 9082 9083 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 9084 9085 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 9086 return; 9087 9088 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 9089 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 9090 9091 // C++ [class]p2: 9092 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 9093 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 9094 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 9095 // as if it were a public member name. 9096 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 9097 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 9098 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 9099 Record->getIdentifier(), 9100 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 9101 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 9102 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 9103 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 9104 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 9105 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 9106 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 9107 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 9108 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 9109 "Broken injected-class-name"); 9110} 9111 9112void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9113 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 9114 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9115 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9116 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 9117 9118 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9119 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9120 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 9121 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9122 RD->completeDefinition(); 9123 } 9124 9125 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 9126 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 9127 9128 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 9129 PopDeclContext(); 9130 9131 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 9132 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 9133} 9134 9135void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 9136 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 9137 PopDeclContext(); 9138} 9139 9140void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9141 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 9142 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 9143 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 9144} 9145 9146void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9147 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 9148 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 9149} 9150 9151void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9152 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9153 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9154 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 9155 9156 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9157 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9158 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9159 RD->completeDefinition(); 9160 } 9161 9162 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 9163 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 9164 // the FieldCollector. 9165 9166 PopDeclContext(); 9167} 9168 9169// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 9170ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 9171 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 9172 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 9173 bool *ZeroWidth) { 9174 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 9175 if (ZeroWidth) 9176 *ZeroWidth = true; 9177 9178 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 9179 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 9180 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9181 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 9182 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 9183 return ExprError(); 9184 if (FieldName) 9185 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 9186 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9187 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 9188 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9189 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 9190 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 9191 return ExprError(); 9192 9193 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 9194 // it now. 9195 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 9196 return Owned(BitWidth); 9197 9198 llvm::APSInt Value; 9199 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 9200 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 9201 return ICE; 9202 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 9203 9204 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 9205 *ZeroWidth = false; 9206 9207 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 9208 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 9209 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 9210 9211 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 9212 if (FieldName) 9213 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9214 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 9215 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9216 << Value.toString(10); 9217 } 9218 9219 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 9220 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 9221 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 9222 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9223 if (FieldName) 9224 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9225 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9226 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9227 9228 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9229 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9230 } 9231 9232 if (FieldName) 9233 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9234 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9235 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9236 else 9237 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9238 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9239 } 9240 } 9241 9242 return Owned(BitWidth); 9243} 9244 9245/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 9246/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 9247Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 9248 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 9249 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 9250 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 9251 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 9252 return Res; 9253} 9254 9255/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 9256/// 9257FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 9258 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9259 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 9260 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9261 AccessSpecifier AS) { 9262 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9263 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9264 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9265 9266 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9267 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9268 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9269 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9270 9271 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 9272 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 9273 D.setInvalidType(); 9274 T = Context.IntTy; 9275 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 9276 } 9277 } 9278 9279 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 9280 9281 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 9282 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 9283 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 9284 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9285 << 2; 9286 9287 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 9288 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9289 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 9290 LookupName(Previous, S); 9291 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 9292 case LookupResult::Found: 9293 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 9294 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 9295 break; 9296 9297 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 9298 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9299 break; 9300 9301 case LookupResult::NotFound: 9302 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 9303 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 9304 break; 9305 } 9306 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 9307 9308 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9309 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9310 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9311 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9312 PrevDecl = 0; 9313 } 9314 9315 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 9316 PrevDecl = 0; 9317 9318 bool Mutable 9319 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 9320 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 9321 FieldDecl *NewFD 9322 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 9323 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 9324 9325 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9326 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9327 9328 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9329 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9330 9331 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 9332 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 9333 // with the same name in the same scope. 9334 } else if (II) { 9335 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 9336 } else 9337 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 9338 9339 return NewFD; 9340} 9341 9342/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 9343/// 9344/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 9345/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 9346/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 9347/// created. 9348/// 9349/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 9350/// 9351/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 9352FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 9353 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 9354 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 9355 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 9356 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9357 SourceLocation TSSL, 9358 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 9359 Declarator *D) { 9360 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 9361 bool InvalidDecl = false; 9362 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 9363 9364 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 9365 // marking this declaration as invalid. 9366 if (T.isNull()) { 9367 InvalidDecl = true; 9368 T = Context.IntTy; 9369 } 9370 9371 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 9372 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9373 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9374 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 9375 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9376 InvalidDecl = true; 9377 } else { 9378 NamedDecl *Def; 9379 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 9380 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 9381 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9382 InvalidDecl = true; 9383 } 9384 } 9385 } 9386 9387 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9388 // than a variably modified type. 9389 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9390 bool SizeIsNegative; 9391 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 9392 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 9393 SizeIsNegative, 9394 Oversized); 9395 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 9396 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 9397 T = FixedTy; 9398 } else { 9399 if (SizeIsNegative) 9400 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 9401 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 9402 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 9403 << Oversized.toString(10); 9404 else 9405 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 9406 InvalidDecl = true; 9407 } 9408 } 9409 9410 // Fields can not have abstract class types 9411 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 9412 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9413 AbstractFieldType)) 9414 InvalidDecl = true; 9415 9416 bool ZeroWidth = false; 9417 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 9418 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 9419 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 9420 if (!BitWidth) { 9421 InvalidDecl = true; 9422 BitWidth = 0; 9423 ZeroWidth = false; 9424 } 9425 } 9426 9427 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 9428 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 9429 unsigned DiagID = 0; 9430 if (T->isReferenceType()) 9431 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 9432 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 9433 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 9434 9435 if (DiagID) { 9436 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 9437 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 9438 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 9439 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 9440 Mutable = false; 9441 InvalidDecl = true; 9442 } 9443 } 9444 9445 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 9446 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 9447 if (InvalidDecl) 9448 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9449 9450 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9451 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9452 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9453 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9454 } 9455 9456 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9457 if (Record->isUnion()) { 9458 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9459 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9460 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9461 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 9462 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 9463 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 9464 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 9465 // objects. 9466 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 9467 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9468 } 9469 } 9470 9471 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 9472 // the program is ill-formed. 9473 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 9474 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 9475 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 9476 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9477 } 9478 } 9479 } 9480 9481 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 9482 // representation, not a parser representation. 9483 if (D) 9484 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 9485 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 9486 9487 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 9488 // retainable type. 9489 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 9490 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9491 9492 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 9493 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 9494 9495 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 9496 return NewFD; 9497} 9498 9499bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 9500 assert(FD); 9501 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 9502 9503 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9504 return true; 9505 9506 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9507 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9508 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9509 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9510 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 9511 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 9512 // copy constructors. 9513 9514 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 9515 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9516 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 9517 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 9518 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 9519 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9520 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 9521 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 9522 member = CXXDestructor; 9523 9524 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 9525 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 9526 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 9527 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 9528 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 9529 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 9530 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 9531 // members unavailable. 9532 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 9533 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 9534 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 9535 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 9536 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9537 return false; 9538 } 9539 } 9540 9541 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ? 9542 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 9543 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 9544 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 9545 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 9546 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x; 9547 } 9548 } 9549 } 9550 9551 return false; 9552} 9553 9554/// If the given constructor is user-declared, produce a diagnostic explaining 9555/// that it makes the class non-trivial. 9556static bool diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(Sema &S, QualType QT, 9557 CXXConstructorDecl *CD, 9558 Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM) { 9559 if (CD->isImplicit()) 9560 return false; 9561 9562 SourceLocation CtorLoc = CD->getLocation(); 9563 S.Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << CSM; 9564 return true; 9565} 9566 9567/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 9568/// special member, figure out why. 9569void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 9570 QualType QT(T, 0U); 9571 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 9572 9573 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 9574 switch (member) { 9575 case CXXInvalid: 9576 break; 9577 9578 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9579 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 9580 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 9581 for (ctor_iter CI = RD->ctor_begin(), CE = RD->ctor_end(); CI != CE; ++CI) 9582 if (diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(*this, QT, *CI, member)) 9583 return; 9584 9585 // No user-delcared constructors; look for constructor templates. 9586 typedef CXXRecordDecl::specific_decl_iterator<FunctionTemplateDecl> 9587 tmpl_iter; 9588 for (tmpl_iter TI(RD->decls_begin()), TE(RD->decls_end()); 9589 TI != TE; ++TI) { 9590 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = 9591 dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(TI->getTemplatedDecl()); 9592 if (CD && diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(*this, QT, CD, member)) 9593 return; 9594 } 9595 } 9596 break; 9597 9598 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9599 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 9600 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 9601 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 9602 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9603 return; 9604 } 9605 break; 9606 9607 case CXXMoveConstructor: 9608 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 9609 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 9610 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9611 return; 9612 } 9613 break; 9614 9615 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9616 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 9617 SourceLocation AssignLoc = 9618 RD->getCopyAssignmentOperator(0)->getLocation(); 9619 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9620 return; 9621 } 9622 break; 9623 9624 case CXXMoveAssignment: 9625 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 9626 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 9627 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9628 return; 9629 } 9630 break; 9631 9632 case CXXDestructor: 9633 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 9634 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 9635 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9636 return; 9637 } 9638 break; 9639 } 9640 9641 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 9642 9643 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 9644 // but not trivial destruction. 9645 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 9646 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 9647 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 9648 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 9649 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 9650 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart(); 9651 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 9652 return; 9653 } 9654 9655 // Check for virtual methods. 9656 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 9657 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 9658 ++mi) { 9659 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 9660 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getLocStart(); 9661 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 9662 return; 9663 } 9664 } 9665 } 9666 9667 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 9668 switch (member) { 9669 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9670 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 9671 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9672 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 9673 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9674 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 9675 case CXXDestructor: 9676 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 9677 default: 9678 llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member"); 9679 } 9680 9681 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 9682 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 9683 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 9684 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 9685 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 9686 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 9687 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart(); 9688 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 9689 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 9690 return; 9691 } 9692 } 9693 9694 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 9695 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 9696 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 9697 ++fi) { 9698 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(fi->getType()); 9699 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9700 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 9701 9702 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 9703 SourceLocation FLoc = fi->getLocation(); 9704 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 9705 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 9706 return; 9707 } 9708 } 9709 9710 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9711 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 9712 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9713 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9714 break; 9715 9716 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9717 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9718 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9719 Diag(fi->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 9720 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 9721 return; 9722 } 9723 } 9724 } 9725 9726 llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 9727} 9728 9729/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 9730/// AST enum value. 9731static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 9732TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 9733 switch (ivarVisibility) { 9734 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 9735 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 9736 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 9737 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 9738 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 9739 } 9740} 9741 9742/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 9743/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 9744Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 9745 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9746 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 9747 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 9748 9749 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9750 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 9751 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9752 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9753 9754 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 9755 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 9756 9757 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9758 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9759 9760 if (BitWidth) { 9761 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 9762 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 9763 if (!BitWidth) 9764 D.setInvalidType(); 9765 } else { 9766 // Not a bitfield. 9767 9768 // validate II. 9769 9770 } 9771 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 9772 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 9773 D.setInvalidType(); 9774 } 9775 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9776 // than a variably modified type. 9777 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9778 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 9779 D.setInvalidType(); 9780 } 9781 9782 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 9783 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 9784 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 9785 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 9786 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 9787 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 9788 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9789 return 0; 9790 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 9791 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9792 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9793 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 9794 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 9795 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 9796 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 9797 } 9798 else 9799 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9800 } else { 9801 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 9802 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9803 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 9804 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 9805 return 0; 9806 } 9807 } 9808 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9809 } 9810 9811 // Construct the decl. 9812 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 9813 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 9814 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 9815 9816 if (II) { 9817 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 9818 ForRedeclaration); 9819 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 9820 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9821 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9822 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9823 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9824 } 9825 } 9826 9827 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 9828 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 9829 9830 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9831 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9832 9833 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 9834 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 9835 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9836 9837 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9838 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 9839 9840 if (II) { 9841 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 9842 // these to the interface. 9843 S->AddDecl(NewID); 9844 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 9845 } 9846 9847 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 9848 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 9849 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 9850 9851 return NewID; 9852} 9853 9854/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 9855/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 9856/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 9857/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 9858void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 9859 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 9860 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 9861 return; 9862 9863 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 9864 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 9865 9866 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 9867 return; 9868 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 9869 if (!ID) { 9870 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 9871 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 9872 return; 9873 } 9874 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 9875 else 9876 return; 9877 } 9878 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 9879 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 9880 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 9881 9882 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 9883 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 9884 Context.CharTy, 9885 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 9886 DeclLoc), 9887 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 9888 true); 9889 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 9890} 9891 9892void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 9893 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 9894 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 9895 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 9896 AttributeList *Attr) { 9897 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 9898 9899 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 9900 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 9901 // it will now change. 9902 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9903 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 9904 switch (DC->getKind()) { 9905 default: break; 9906 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 9907 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 9908 break; 9909 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 9910 Context. 9911 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 9912 break; 9913 } 9914 } 9915 9916 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 9917 9918 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 9919 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 9920 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 9921 if (Record) { 9922 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 9923 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 9924 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 9925 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 9926 ++NumNamedMembers; 9927 } 9928 } 9929 9930 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 9931 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 9932 9933 bool ARCErrReported = false; 9934 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 9935 i != end; ++i) { 9936 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 9937 9938 // Get the type for the field. 9939 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 9940 9941 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 9942 // Remember all fields written by the user. 9943 RecFields.push_back(FD); 9944 } 9945 9946 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 9947 // diagnostics about it. 9948 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9949 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9950 continue; 9951 } 9952 9953 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 9954 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 9955 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 9956 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 9957 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 9958 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 9959 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 9960 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 9961 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 9962 // array. 9963 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 9964 // Field declared as a function. 9965 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 9966 << FD->getDeclName(); 9967 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9968 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9969 continue; 9970 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 9971 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 9972 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 9973 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 9974 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 9975 // Flexible array member. 9976 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 9977 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 9978 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 9979 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 9980 if (Record->isUnion()) 9981 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 9982 << FD->getDeclName(); 9983 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9984 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 9985 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9986 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9987 if (Record->isUnion()) 9988 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 9989 << FD->getDeclName(); 9990 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9991 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 9992 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9993 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 9994 if (Record->isUnion()) 9995 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 9996 << FD->getDeclName(); 9997 else 9998 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 9999 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10000 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10001 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10002 << FD->getDeclName(); 10003 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10004 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10005 continue; 10006 } 10007 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10008 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10009 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10010 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10011 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10012 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10013 continue; 10014 } 10015 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 10016 if (Record) 10017 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10018 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 10019 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10020 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10021 // Incomplete type 10022 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10023 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10024 continue; 10025 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10026 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 10027 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 10028 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 10029 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10030 } else { 10031 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 10032 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 10033 // structures. 10034 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 10035 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 10036 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10037 else { 10038 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 10039 // other structs as an extension. 10040 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 10041 << FD->getDeclName(); 10042 if (Record) 10043 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10044 } 10045 } 10046 } 10047 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 10048 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10049 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10050 AbstractIvarType)) { 10051 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 10052 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10053 } 10054 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10055 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10056 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 10057 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 10058 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 10059 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 10060 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 10061 FD->setType(T); 10062 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10063 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 10064 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 10065 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 10066 // so we just make the field unavailable. 10067 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 10068 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 10069 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10070 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 10071 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 10072 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 10073 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 10074 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 10075 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 10076 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10077 } 10078 } else { 10079 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 10080 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 10081 } 10082 ARCErrReported = true; 10083 } 10084 } 10085 else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10086 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 10087 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 10088 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10089 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 10090 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10091 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 10092 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10093 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 10094 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10095 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10096 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10097 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 10098 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10099 } 10100 } 10101 } 10102 // Keep track of the number of named members. 10103 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 10104 ++NumNamedMembers; 10105 } 10106 10107 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 10108 if (Record) { 10109 bool Completed = false; 10110 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 10111 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 10112 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 10113 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 10114 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 10115 I != E; ++I) 10116 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 10117 10118 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 10119 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 10120 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 10121 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 10122 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 10123 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 10124 // 10125 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 10126 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 10127 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 10128 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 10129 // with ARC and code compiled with manual retain/release. 10130 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10131 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 10132 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 10133 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 10134 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 10135 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 10136 << CXXRecord; 10137 } else { 10138 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 10139 // for them is going to be tricky. 10140 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 10141 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 10142 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 10143 << CXXRecord << 0; 10144 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 10145 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 10146 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 10147 << CXXRecord << 1; 10148 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 10149 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 10150 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 10151 << CXXRecord << 2; 10152 } 10153 } 10154 10155 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 10156 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 10157 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 10158 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 10159 10160 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 10161 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 10162 10163 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 10164 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 10165 // problem now. 10166 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 10167 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 10168 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 10169 10170 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 10171 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 10172 M != MEnd; ++M) { 10173 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 10174 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 10175 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 10176 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 10177 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 10178 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 10179 continue; 10180 10181 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 10182 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 10183 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 10184 // program is ill-formed. 10185 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 10186 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 10187 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 10188 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 10189 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 10190 OM = SO->second.begin(), 10191 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 10192 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 10193 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 10194 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 10195 10196 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10197 } 10198 } 10199 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 10200 Completed = true; 10201 } 10202 } 10203 } 10204 } 10205 10206 if (!Completed) 10207 Record->completeDefinition(); 10208 10209 } else { 10210 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 10211 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 10212 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10213 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 10214 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 10215 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10216 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 10217 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10218 } 10219 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 10220 // duplicates. 10221 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 10222 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 10223 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10224 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10225 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 10226 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 10227 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 10228 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 10229 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 10230 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 10231 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10232 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10233 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10234 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10235 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10236 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10237 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10238 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10239 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10240 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10241 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10242 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10243 if (IDecl) { 10244 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10245 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10246 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10247 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10248 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10249 continue; 10250 } 10251 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 10252 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 10253 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 10254 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 10255 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10256 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10257 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10258 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10259 continue; 10260 } 10261 } 10262 } 10263 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10264 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10265 } 10266 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10267 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10268 } 10269 } 10270 10271 if (Attr) 10272 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10273} 10274 10275/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10276/// the given type T. 10277static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10278 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10279 QualType T) { 10280 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10281 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10282 10283 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10284 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10285 --BitWidth; 10286 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10287 } 10288 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10289} 10290 10291// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10292// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 10293static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 10294 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 10295 // enum checking below. 10296 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10297 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 10298 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10299 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 10300 }; 10301 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10302 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 10303 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 10304 }; 10305 10306 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 10307 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 10308 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 10309 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 10310 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 10311 return Types[I]; 10312 10313 return QualType(); 10314} 10315 10316EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 10317 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 10318 SourceLocation IdLoc, 10319 IdentifierInfo *Id, 10320 Expr *Val) { 10321 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10322 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 10323 QualType EltTy; 10324 10325 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 10326 Val = 0; 10327 10328 if (Val) 10329 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 10330 10331 if (Val) { 10332 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 10333 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10334 else { 10335 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 10336 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() && 10337 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10338 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 10339 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 10340 // constant expression of the underlying type. 10341 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10342 ExprResult Converted = 10343 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 10344 CCEK_Enumerator); 10345 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 10346 Val = 0; 10347 else 10348 Val = Converted.take(); 10349 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 10350 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 10351 &EnumVal).take())) { 10352 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 10353 } else { 10354 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10355 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10356 10357 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 10358 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 10359 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 10360 // expression checking. 10361 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10362 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10363 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10364 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10365 } else 10366 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10367 } else 10368 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10369 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10370 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 10371 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10372 // is the type of its initializing value: 10373 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 10374 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 10375 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10376 } else { 10377 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 10378 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 10379 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 10380 // representable as an int. 10381 10382 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 10383 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 10384 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10385 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 10386 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 10387 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 10388 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 10389 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10390 } 10391 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10392 } 10393 } 10394 } 10395 } 10396 10397 if (!Val) { 10398 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 10399 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10400 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 10401 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10402 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10403 // is the type of its initializing value: 10404 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 10405 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 10406 // 10407 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 10408 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 10409 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10410 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10411 } 10412 else { 10413 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 10414 } 10415 } else { 10416 // Assign the last value + 1. 10417 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10418 ++EnumVal; 10419 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 10420 10421 // Check for overflow on increment. 10422 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 10423 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10424 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10425 // is the type of its initializing value: 10426 // 10427 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 10428 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 10429 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 10430 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 10431 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 10432 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 10433 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 10434 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 10435 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 10436 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 10437 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10438 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 10439 ++EnumVal; 10440 if (Enum->isFixed()) 10441 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 10442 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 10443 << EnumVal.toString(10) 10444 << EltTy; 10445 else 10446 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 10447 << EnumVal.toString(10); 10448 } else { 10449 EltTy = T; 10450 } 10451 10452 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 10453 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 10454 // value, then increment. 10455 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10456 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10457 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10458 ++EnumVal; 10459 10460 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 10461 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 10462 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 10463 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 10464 // integral type. 10465 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 10466 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 10467 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10468 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10469 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 10470 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10471 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 10472 } 10473 } 10474 } 10475 10476 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10477 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 10478 // enumerator's type. 10479 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10480 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10481 } 10482 10483 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 10484 Val, EnumVal); 10485} 10486 10487 10488Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 10489 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 10490 AttributeList *Attr, 10491 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 10492 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 10493 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 10494 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 10495 10496 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 10497 // we find one that is. 10498 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10499 10500 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 10501 // scope. 10502 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 10503 ForRedeclaration); 10504 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10505 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10506 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 10507 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10508 PrevDecl = 0; 10509 } 10510 10511 if (PrevDecl) { 10512 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 10513 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 10514 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 10515 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 10516 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 10517 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10518 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 10519 else 10520 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 10521 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10522 return 0; 10523 } 10524 } 10525 10526 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 10527 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 10528 // different from T: 10529 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 10530 // enumerated type 10531 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 10532 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 10533 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 10534 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 10535 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 10536 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 10537 10538 EnumConstantDecl *New = 10539 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 10540 10541 if (New) { 10542 // Process attributes. 10543 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10544 10545 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 10546 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 10547 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 10548 } 10549 10550 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 10551 10552 return New; 10553} 10554 10555// Emits a warning if every element in the enum is the same value and if 10556// every element is initialized with a integer or boolean literal. 10557static void CheckForUniqueEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 10558 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 10559 QualType EnumType) { 10560 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_identical_enum_values, 10561 Enum->getLocation()) == 10562 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 10563 return; 10564 10565 if (NumElements < 2) 10566 return; 10567 10568 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 10569 return; 10570 10571 llvm::APSInt FirstVal; 10572 10573 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10574 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10575 if (!ECD) 10576 return; 10577 10578 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 10579 if (!InitExpr) 10580 return; 10581 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 10582 if (!isa<IntegerLiteral>(InitExpr) && !isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(InitExpr)) 10583 return; 10584 10585 if (i == 0) { 10586 FirstVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10587 continue; 10588 } 10589 10590 if (!llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(FirstVal, ECD->getInitVal())) 10591 return; 10592 } 10593 10594 S.Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_identical_enum_values) 10595 << EnumType << FirstVal.toString(10) 10596 << Enum->getSourceRange(); 10597 10598 EnumConstantDecl *Last = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[NumElements - 1]), 10599 *Next = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[NumElements - 2]); 10600 10601 S.Diag(Last->getLocation(), diag::note_identical_enum_values) 10602 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Last->getInitExpr()->getSourceRange(), 10603 Next->getName()); 10604} 10605 10606// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 10607// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 10608// Element2 = Element1 10609// Element2 = Element1 + 1 10610// Element2 = Element1 - 1 10611// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 10612static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 10613 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 10614 if (!InitExpr) 10615 return true; 10616 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 10617 10618 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 10619 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 10620 return true; 10621 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 10622 if (!IL) 10623 return true; 10624 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 10625 return true; 10626 10627 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 10628 } 10629 10630 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 10631 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 10632 if (!DRE) 10633 return true; 10634 10635 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 10636 if (!EnumConstant) 10637 return true; 10638 10639 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 10640 Enum) 10641 return true; 10642 10643 return false; 10644} 10645 10646struct DupKey { 10647 int64_t val; 10648 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 10649 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 10650 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 10651}; 10652 10653static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 10654 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 10655 false); 10656} 10657 10658struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 10659 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 10660 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 10661 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 10662 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 10663 } 10664 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 10665 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 10666 LHS.val == RHS.val; 10667 } 10668}; 10669 10670// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 10671// a previous element has already been set to. 10672static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 10673 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 10674 QualType EnumType) { 10675 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 10676 Enum->getLocation()) == 10677 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 10678 return; 10679 // Avoid anonymous enums 10680 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 10681 return; 10682 10683 // Only check for small enums. 10684 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 10685 return; 10686 10687 typedef llvm::SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl*, 3> ECDVector; 10688 typedef llvm::SmallVector<ECDVector*, 3> DuplicatesVector; 10689 10690 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 10691 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 10692 ValueToVectorMap; 10693 10694 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 10695 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 10696 10697 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 10698 // an initialier. 10699 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10700 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10701 10702 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 10703 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 10704 if (!ECD) { 10705 return; 10706 } 10707 10708 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 10709 continue; 10710 10711 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10712 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10713 10714 // First time encountering this value. 10715 if (Entry.isNull()) 10716 Entry = ECD; 10717 } 10718 10719 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 10720 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10721 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10722 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 10723 continue; 10724 10725 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10726 10727 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10728 if (Entry.isNull()) 10729 continue; 10730 10731 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 10732 // Ensure constants are different. 10733 if (D == ECD) 10734 continue; 10735 10736 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 10737 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 10738 Vec->push_back(D); 10739 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10740 10741 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 10742 Entry = Vec; 10743 10744 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 10745 // diagnostics. 10746 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 10747 continue; 10748 } 10749 10750 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 10751 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 10752 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 10753 continue; 10754 10755 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10756 } 10757 10758 // Emit diagnostics. 10759 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 10760 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 10761 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 10762 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 10763 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 10764 10765 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 10766 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 10767 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 10768 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10769 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10770 ++I; 10771 10772 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 10773 // the same value. 10774 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 10775 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 10776 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10777 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10778 delete Vec; 10779 } 10780} 10781 10782void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 10783 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 10784 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 10785 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 10786 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 10787 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 10788 10789 if (Attr) 10790 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 10791 10792 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 10793 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10794 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10795 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10796 if (!ECD) continue; 10797 10798 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10799 } 10800 10801 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 10802 return; 10803 } 10804 10805 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 10806 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 10807 // emit a warning. 10808 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10809 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 10810 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 10811 10812 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 10813 // reverse the list. 10814 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 10815 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 10816 10817 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 10818 bool AllElementsInt = true; 10819 10820 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10821 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10822 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10823 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10824 10825 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10826 10827 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 10828 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 10829 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 10830 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 10831 else 10832 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 10833 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 10834 10835 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 10836 if (AllElementsInt) 10837 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 10838 } 10839 10840 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 10841 QualType BestType; 10842 unsigned BestWidth; 10843 10844 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 10845 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 10846 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 10847 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 10848 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 10849 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 10850 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 10851 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 10852 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 10853 QualType BestPromotionType; 10854 10855 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 10856 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 10857 // enum definitions. 10858 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 10859 Packed = true; 10860 10861 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10862 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10863 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 10864 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 10865 else 10866 BestPromotionType = BestType; 10867 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 10868 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 10869 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 10870 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10871 } 10872 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 10873 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 10874 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 10875 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10876 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 10877 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 10878 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10879 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 10880 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 10881 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 10882 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10883 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 10884 BestType = Context.IntTy; 10885 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10886 } else { 10887 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 10888 10889 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 10890 BestType = Context.LongTy; 10891 } else { 10892 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10893 10894 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 10895 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 10896 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 10897 } 10898 } 10899 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 10900 } else { 10901 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 10902 // all of the enumerator values. 10903 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10904 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 10905 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 10906 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10907 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10908 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 10909 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 10910 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10911 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10912 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 10913 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 10914 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10915 BestPromotionType 10916 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10917 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 10918 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 10919 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 10920 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 10921 BestPromotionType 10922 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10923 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 10924 } else { 10925 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10926 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 10927 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 10928 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 10929 BestPromotionType 10930 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10931 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 10932 } 10933 } 10934 10935 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 10936 // the type of the enum if needed. 10937 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10938 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10939 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10940 10941 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 10942 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 10943 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 10944 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 10945 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 10946 10947 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 10948 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10949 10950 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 10951 // the enum decl type. 10952 QualType NewTy; 10953 unsigned NewWidth; 10954 bool NewSign; 10955 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10956 !Enum->isFixed() && 10957 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 10958 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 10959 NewWidth = IntWidth; 10960 NewSign = true; 10961 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 10962 // Already the right type! 10963 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10964 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10965 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10966 // enumeration. 10967 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10968 continue; 10969 } else { 10970 NewTy = BestType; 10971 NewWidth = BestWidth; 10972 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 10973 } 10974 10975 // Adjust the APSInt value. 10976 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 10977 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 10978 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 10979 10980 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 10981 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 10982 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 10983 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 10984 CK_IntegralCast, 10985 ECD->getInitExpr(), 10986 /*base paths*/ 0, 10987 VK_RValue)); 10988 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10989 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10990 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10991 // enumeration. 10992 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10993 else 10994 ECD->setType(NewTy); 10995 } 10996 10997 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 10998 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 10999 11000 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11001 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11002 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11003 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11004 11005 CheckForUniqueEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 11006 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 11007} 11008 11009Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11010 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11011 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11012 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11013 11014 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11015 AsmString, StartLoc, 11016 EndLoc); 11017 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11018 return New; 11019} 11020 11021DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11022 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11023 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11024 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11025 Module::AllVisible, 11026 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11027 if (!Mod) 11028 return true; 11029 11030 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11031 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11032 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11033 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11034 // We need the length to be consistent. 11035 if (!ModCheck) 11036 break; 11037 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11038 11039 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11040 } 11041 11042 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11043 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11044 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11045 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11046 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11047 return Import; 11048} 11049 11050void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11051 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11052 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11053 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11054 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11055 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 11056 LookupOrdinaryName); 11057 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 11058 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 11059 11060 if (PrevDecl) 11061 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11062 else 11063 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11064 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11065} 11066 11067void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11068 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11069 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11070 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11071 11072 if (PrevDecl) { 11073 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11074 } else { 11075 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11076 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11077 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11078 } 11079} 11080 11081void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11082 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11083 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11084 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11085 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11086 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 11087 LookupOrdinaryName); 11088 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 11089 11090 if (PrevDecl) { 11091 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 11092 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11093 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 11094 } else { 11095 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11096 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 11097 } 11098} 11099 11100Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 11101 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 11102} 11103 11104AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 11105 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurLexicalContext()); 11106 // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface. 11107 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) 11108 D = CatD->getClassInterface(); 11109 11110 return D->getAvailability(); 11111} 11112